96 files changed, 5590 insertions, 1521 deletions

diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc
index 782a4ab022..bfbbdcb7f4 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc
@@ -1,24 +1,28 @@
-#       from: @(#)Makefile.inc  5.6 (Berkeley) 6/4/91
-#       $Id: Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
+#       $OpenBDS: Makefile.inc,v 1.6 1996/08/21 03:47:21 tholo Exp $
 
 # stdlib sources
-.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/arch/${MACHINE_ARCH}/stdlib ${.CURDIR}/stdlib
+.PATH: ${LIBCSRCDIR}/arch/${MACHINE_ARCH}/stdlib ${LIBCSRCDIR}/stdlib
 
-SRCS+=  a64l.c abort.c atexit.c atoi.c atof.c atol.c bsearch.c calloc.c \
-        exit.c getenv.c getopt.c heapsort.c l64a.c malloc.c merge.c \
+SRCS+=  a64l.c abort.c atexit.c atoi.c atof.c atol.c atoll.c bsearch.c \
+        calloc.c cfree.c exit.c ecvt.c gcvt.c getenv.c getopt.c getopt_long.c \
+        getsubopt.c heapsort.c l64a.c lsearch.c malloc.c merge.c \
         multibyte.c putenv.c qsort.c radixsort.c rand.c random.c realpath.c \
-        setenv.c strtod.c strtol.c strtoq.c strtoul.c strtouq.c system.c \
-        _rand48.c drand48.c erand48.c jrand48.c lcong48.c lrand48.c \
-        mrand48.c nrand48.c seed48.c srand48.c qabs.c qdiv.c
+        setenv.c strtod.c strtol.c strtoll.c strtoul.c strtoull.c system.c \
+        tfind.c tsearch.c _rand48.c drand48.c erand48.c jrand48.c lcong48.c \
+        lrand48.c mrand48.c nrand48.c seed48.c srand48.c qabs.c qdiv.c
 
 .if   (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68k")
 SRCS+=  abs.S div.c labs.c ldiv.c
+LSRCS+= abs.c
 .elif (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "i386")
 SRCS+=  abs.S div.S labs.S ldiv.S
+LSRCS+= abs.c div.c labs.c ldiv.c
 .elif (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "ns32k")
 SRCS+=  abs.S div.c labs.c ldiv.c
+LSRCS+= abs.c
 .elif (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "tahoe")
 SRCS+=  abs.S div.c labs.c ldiv.c
+LSRCS+= abs.c
 .elif (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax")
 SRCS+=  abs.c div.c labs.c ldiv.c
 .elif (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "alpha")
@@ -28,18 +32,36 @@ SRCS+=	abs.c div.c labs.c ldiv.c
 SRCS+=  abs.c div.c labs.c ldiv.c
 .endif
 
-MAN+=   abort.3 abs.3 alloca.3 atexit.3 atof.3 atoi.3 atol.3 bsearch.3 \
-        calloc.3 div.3 exit.3 free.3 getenv.3 getopt.3 labs.3 ldiv.3 \
-        malloc.3 memory.3 qabs.3 qdiv.3 qsort.3 radixsort.3 rand48.3 \
-        rand.3 random.3 realloc.3 realpath.3 strtod.3 strtol.3 strtoul.3 \
-        system.3
+.if (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax") || (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68k")
+SRCS+=  insque.S remque.S
+.else
+SRCS+=  insque.c remque.c
+.endif
+
+MAN+=   a64l.3 abort.3 abs.3 alloca.3 atexit.3 atof.3 atoi.3 atol.3 atoll.3 \
+        bsearch.3 div.3 ecvt.3 exit.3 getenv.3 getopt.3 getopt_long.3 \
+        getsubopt.3 insque.3 labs.3 ldiv.3 lsearch.3 malloc.3 memory.3 qabs.3 \
+        qdiv.3 qsort.3 radixsort.3 rand48.3 rand.3 random.3 realpath.3 \
+        strtod.3 strtol.3 strtoul.3 system.3 tsearch.3
 
+MLINKS+=ecvt.3 fcvt.3 ecvt.3 gcvt.3
 MLINKS+=getenv.3 setenv.3 getenv.3 unsetenv.3 getenv.3 putenv.3
+MLINKS+=getopt_long.3 getopt_long_only.3
+MLINKS+=insque.3 remque.3
+MLINKS+=lsearch.3 lfind.3
+MLINKS+=malloc.3 free.3 malloc.3 realloc.3 malloc.3 calloc.3
+MLINKS+=malloc.3 cfree.3 malloc.3 malloc.conf.5
 MLINKS+=qsort.3 heapsort.3 qsort.3 mergesort.3
-MLINKS+=rand.3 srand.3
-MLINKS+=strtol.3 strtoq.3
-MLINKS+=strtoul.3 strtouq.3
-MLINKS+=random.3 initstate.3 random.3 setstate.3 random.3 srandom.3
+MLINKS+=radixsort.3 sradixsort.3
+MLINKS+=rand.3 srand.3 rand.3 rand_r.3
+MLINKS+=random.3 initstate.3 random.3 setstate.3
+MLINKS+=random.3 srandom.3 random.3 srandomdev.3
 MLINKS+=rand48.3 drand48.3 rand48.3 erand48.3 rand48.3 lrand48.3
 MLINKS+=rand48.3 mrand48.3 rand48.3 nrand48.3 rand48.3 jrand48.3
 MLINKS+=rand48.3 srand48.3 rand48.3 seed48.3 rand48.3 lcong48.3
+MLINKS+=strtol.3 strtoll.3 strtol.3 strtoq.3
+MLINKS+=strtoul.3 strtoull.3 strtoul.3 strtouq.3
+MLINKS+=tsearch.3 tfind.3
+MLINKS+=tsearch.3 tdelete.3
+MLINKS+=tsearch.3 twalk.3
+MLINKS+=a64l.3 l64a.3
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_rand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_rand48.c
index 83ade4645a..fed7372f68 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_rand48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_rand48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: _rand48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:19 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 unsigned short __rand48_seed[3] = {
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b9fd23154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.3
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+.\" AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+.\" EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+.\" PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+.\" OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $OpenBSD: a64l.3,v 1.6 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd August 17, 1997
+.Dt A64L 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm a64l ,
+.Nm l64a
+.Nd convert between 32-bit integer and radix-64 ASCII string
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Ft long
+.Fn a64l "const char *s"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn l64a "long l"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn a64l
+and
+.Fn l64a
+functions are used to maintain numbers stored in radix-64
+.Tn ASCII
+characters.
+This is a notation by which 32-bit integers
+can be represented by up to six characters; each character represents a
+.Dq digit
+in a radix-64 notation.
+.Pp
+The characters used to represent digits are
+.Ql \&.
+for 0,
+.Ql /
+for 1,
+.Ql 0
+through
+.Ql 9
+for 2-11,
+.Ql A
+through
+.Ql Z
+for 12-37, and
+.Ql a
+through
+.Ql z
+for 38-63.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn a64l
+function takes a pointer to a null-terminated radix-64 representation
+and returns a corresponding 32-bit value.
+If the string pointed to by
+.Fa s
+contains more than six characters,
+.Fn a64l
+will use the first six.
+.Fn a64l
+scans the character string from left to right, decoding
+each character as a 6-bit radix-64 number.
+If a long integer is
+larger than 32 bits, the return value will be sign-extended.
+.Pp
+.Fn l64a
+takes a long integer argument
+.Fa l
+and returns a pointer to the corresponding radix-64 representation.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+On success,
+.Fn a64l
+returns a 32-bit representation of
+.Fa s .
+If
+.Fa s
+is a null pointer or if it contains digits other than those described above,
+.Fn a64l
+returns \-1 and sets the global variable
+.Va errno
+to
+.Er EINVAL .
+.Pp
+On success,
+.Fn l64a
+returns a pointer to a string containing the radix-64 representation of
+.Fa l .
+If
+.Fa l
+is 0,
+.Fn l64a
+returns a pointer to the empty string.
+If
+.Fa l
+is negative,
+.Fn l64a
+returns a null pointer and sets the global variable
+.Va errno
+to
+.Er EINVAL .
+.Sh WARNINGS
+The value returned by
+.Fn l64a
+is a pointer into a static buffer, the contents of which
+will be overwritten by subsequent calls.
+.Pp
+The value returned by
+.Fn a64l
+may be incorrect if the value is too large; for that reason, only strings
+that resulted from a call to
+.Fn l64a
+should be used to call
+.Fn a64l .
+.Pp
+If a long integer is larger than 32 bits, only the low-order
+32 bits are used.
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn a64l
+and
+.Fn l64a
+functions conform to
+.St -xpg4.2 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.c
index 03fc77e034..a68f0a6dcd 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.c
@@ -4,8 +4,11 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static char *rcsid = "$NetBSD: a64l.c,v 1.3 1995/05/11 23:04:47 jtc Exp $";
-#endif
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: a64l.c,v 1.3 1997/08/17 22:58:34 millert Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
 
 long
 a64l(s)
@@ -14,21 +17,30 @@ a64l(s)
         long value, digit, shift;
         int i;
 
+        if (s == NULL) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return(-1L);
+        }
+
         value = 0;
         shift = 0;
         for (i = 0; *s && i < 6; i++, s++) {
-                if (*s <= '/')
+                if (*s >= '.' && *s <= '/')
                         digit = *s - '.';
-                else if (*s <= '9')
+                else if (*s >= '0' && *s <= '9')
                         digit = *s - '0' + 2;
-                else if (*s <= 'Z')
+                else if (*s >= 'A' && *s <= 'Z')
                         digit = *s - 'A' + 12;
-                else
-                        digit = *s - 'a' + 38; 
+                else if (*s >= 'a' && *s <= 'z')
+                        digit = *s - 'a' + 38;
+                else {
+                        errno = EINVAL;
+                        return(-1L);
+                }
 
                 value |= digit << shift;
                 shift += 6;
         }
 
-        return (long) value;
+        return(value);
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.3
index ab57327585..743d42dd8a 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)abort.3       6.7 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: abort.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: abort.3,v 1.6 2000/04/20 13:50:01 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt ABORT 3
@@ -49,23 +48,20 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn abort
-function causes abnormal program termination to occur, unless the
-signal
+function causes abnormal program termination to occur, unless the signal
 .Dv SIGABRT
 is being caught and the signal handler does not return.
 .Pp
-No open streams are closed or flushed.
+Any open streams are flushed and closed.
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
 The
-.Nm abort
-function
-never returns.
+.Fn abort
+function never returns.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr sigaction 2 ,
-.Xr exit 2
+.Xr exit 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn abort
-function
-conforms to
-.St -ansiC .
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-90 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.c
index c298e016b4..a833a1a8b7 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.c
@@ -32,26 +32,43 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)abort.c      5.11 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: abort.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: abort.c,v 1.11 2002/11/05 22:19:55 marc Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <signal.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
+#include "thread_private.h"
+#include "atexit.h"
 
 void
 abort()
 {
+        struct atexit *p = __atexit;
+        static int cleanup_called = 0;
         sigset_t mask;
 
+
         sigfillset(&mask);
         /*
          * don't block SIGABRT to give any handler a chance; we ignore
          * any errors -- X311J doesn't allow abort to return anyway.
          */
         sigdelset(&mask, SIGABRT);
-        (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &mask, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+        (void)_thread_sys_sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &mask, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+
+        /*
+         * POSIX requires we flush stdio buffers on abort
+         */
+        if (cleanup_called == 0) {
+                while (p != NULL && p->next != NULL)
+                        p = p->next;
+                if (p != NULL && p->fns[0] != NULL) {
+                        cleanup_called = 1;
+                        (*p->fns[0])();
+                }
+        }
+
         (void)kill(getpid(), SIGABRT);
 
         /*
@@ -59,7 +76,7 @@ abort()
          * it again, only harder.
          */
         (void)signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL);
-        (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &mask, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+        (void)_thread_sys_sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &mask, (sigset_t *)NULL);
         (void)kill(getpid(), SIGABRT);
         exit(1);
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.3
index 4748d89e77..0f7c097ade 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)abs.3 6.4 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: abs.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: abs.3,v 1.5 2000/04/20 13:50:01 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt ABS 3
@@ -49,21 +48,17 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn abs
-function
-computes
-the absolute value of the integer
-.Ar j .
+function computes the absolute value of the integer
+.Fa j .
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
 The
 .Fn abs
-function
-returns
-the absolute value.
+function returns the absolute value.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr floor 3 ,
-.Xr labs 3 ,
 .Xr cabs 3 ,
+.Xr floor 3 ,
 .Xr hypot 3 ,
+.Xr labs 3 ,
 .Xr math 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.c
index 64468e0224..7c79e4073c 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)abs.c        5.2 (Berkeley) 5/17/90";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: abs.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: abs.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:21 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3
index dcb97ab11c..431443a6e6 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3
@@ -29,12 +29,11 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)alloca.3      5.1 (Berkeley) 5/2/91
-.\"     $Id: alloca.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: alloca.3,v 1.9 2001/12/06 04:21:27 deraadt Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd May 2, 1991
 .Dt ALLOCA 3
-.Os BSD 4
+.Os
 .Sh NAME
 .Nm alloca
 .Nd memory allocator
@@ -45,35 +44,41 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn alloca
-function
-allocates 
+function allocates
 .Fa size
 bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller.
-This temporary space is automatically freed on
-return.
+This temporary space is automatically freed on return.
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
 The
 .Fn alloca
 function returns a pointer to the beginning of the allocated space.
-If the allocation failed, a
-.Dv NULL
-pointer is returned.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pagesize 1 ,
 .Xr brk 2 ,
-.Xr pagesize 2
 .Xr calloc 3 ,
 .Xr malloc 3 ,
-.Xr realloc 3 ,
+.Xr realloc 3
 .Sh BUGS
 The
 .Fn alloca
-function
-is machine dependent; its use is discouraged.
+function is machine dependent; its use is discouraged.
 .\" .Sh HISTORY
 .\" The
 .\" .Fn alloca
 .\" function appeared in
 .\" .Bx ?? .
-.\" The function appeared in 32v, pwb and pwb.2 and in 3bsd 4bsd 
+.\" The function appeared in 32v, pwb and pwb.2 and in 3bsd 4bsd
 .\" The first man page (or link to a man page that I can find at the
 .\" moment is 4.3...
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn alloca
+function is slightly unsafe because it cannot ensure that the pointer
+returned points to a valid and usable block of memory.
+The allocation made may exceed the bounds of the stack, or even go
+further into other objects in memory, and
+.Fn alloca
+cannot determine such an error.
+Avoid
+.Fn alloca
+with large unbounded allocations.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.3
index 07de054d3c..5d79ede649 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)atexit.3      5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: atexit.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atexit.3,v 1.4 2000/04/20 13:50:01 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt ATEXIT 3
@@ -49,13 +48,12 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn atexit
-function
-registers the given
-.Ar function
+function registers the given
+.Fa function
 to be called at program exit, whether via
 .Xr exit 3
 or via return from the program's
-.Em main .
+.Fn main .
 Functions so registered are called in reverse order;
 no arguments are passed.
 At least 32 functions can always be registered,
@@ -73,6 +71,5 @@ The existing list of functions is unmodified.
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn atexit
-function
-conforms to
+function conforms to
 .St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c
index 4da1eb0d9c..98564d0dd3 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c
@@ -1,68 +1,135 @@
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Daniel Hartmeier
  * All rights reserved.
  *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
- * Chris Torek.
- *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *      This product includes software developed by the University of
- *      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *    - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+ *      copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ *      disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
+ *      with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ * ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)atexit.c     5.2 (Berkeley) 11/14/90";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: atexit.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: atexit.c,v 1.7 2002/09/14 22:03:14 dhartmei Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
 #include "atexit.h"
 
+int __atexit_invalid = 1;
 struct atexit *__atexit;
 
 /*
+ * Function pointers are stored in a linked list of pages. The list
+ * is initially empty, and pages are allocated on demand. The first
+ * function pointer in the first allocated page (the last one in
+ * the linked list) is reserved for the cleanup function.
+ *
+ * Outside the following two functions, all pages are mprotect()'ed
+ * to prevent unintentional/malicious corruption.
+ *
+ * The free(malloc(1)) is a workaround causing malloc_init() to
+ * ensure that malloc.c gets the first mmap() call for its sbrk()
+ * games.
+ */
+
+/*
  * Register a function to be performed at exit.
  */
 int
 atexit(fn)
         void (*fn)();
 {
-        static struct atexit __atexit0; /* one guaranteed table */
-        register struct atexit *p;
+        register struct atexit *p = __atexit;
+        register int pgsize = getpagesize();
 
-        if ((p = __atexit) == NULL)
-                __atexit = p = &__atexit0;
-        else if (p->ind >= ATEXIT_SIZE) {
-                if ((p = malloc(sizeof(*p))) == NULL)
+        if (pgsize < sizeof(*p))
+                return (-1);
+        if (p != NULL) {
+                if (p->ind + 1 >= p->max)
+                        p = NULL;
+                else if (mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE))
+                        return (-1);
+        }
+        if (p == NULL) {
+                if (__atexit_invalid) {
+                        free(malloc(1));
+                        __atexit_invalid = 0;
+                }
+                p = mmap(NULL, pgsize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+                    MAP_ANON | MAP_PRIVATE, -1, 0);
+                if (p == MAP_FAILED)
                         return (-1);
-                p->ind = 0;
+                if (__atexit == NULL) {
+                        p->fns[0] = NULL;
+                        p->ind = 1;
+                } else
+                        p->ind = 0;
+                p->max = (pgsize - ((char *)&p->fns[0] - (char *)p)) /
+                    sizeof(p->fns[0]);
                 p->next = __atexit;
                 __atexit = p;
         }
         p->fns[p->ind++] = fn;
+        if (mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ))
+                return (-1);
         return (0);
 }
+
+/*
+ * Register the cleanup function
+ */
+void
+__atexit_register_cleanup(fn)
+        void (*fn)();
+{
+        register struct atexit *p = __atexit;
+        register int pgsize = getpagesize();
+
+        if (pgsize < sizeof(*p))
+                return;
+        while (p != NULL && p->next != NULL)
+                p = p->next;
+        if (p == NULL) {
+                if (__atexit_invalid) {
+                        free(malloc(1));
+                        __atexit_invalid = 0;
+                }
+                p = mmap(NULL, pgsize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+                    MAP_ANON | MAP_PRIVATE, -1, 0);
+                if (p == MAP_FAILED)
+                        return;
+                p->ind = 1;
+                p->max = (pgsize - ((char *)&p->fns[0] - (char *)p)) /
+                    sizeof(p->fns[0]);
+                p->next = NULL;
+                __atexit = p;
+        } else {
+                if (mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE))
+                    return;
+        }
+        p->fns[0] = fn;
+        mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h
index 8b756e8fe2..28bf3a7f27 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h
@@ -1,46 +1,41 @@
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+/*      $OpenBSD: atexit.h,v 1.5 2002/08/30 07:58:07 dhartmei Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Daniel Hartmeier
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *      This product includes software developed by the University of
- *      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *    - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+ *      copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ *      disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
+ *      with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ * ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  *
- *      from: @(#)atexit.h      5.1 (Berkeley) 5/15/90
- *      $Id: atexit.h,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
  */
 
-/* must be at least 32 to guarantee ANSI conformance */
-#define ATEXIT_SIZE     32
-
 struct atexit {
         struct atexit *next;            /* next in list */
         int ind;                        /* next index in this table */
-        void (*fns[ATEXIT_SIZE])();     /* the table itself */
+        int max;                        /* max entries >= ATEXIT_SIZE */
+        void (*fns[1])();               /* the table itself */
 };
 
+extern int __atexit_invalid;
 extern struct atexit *__atexit;         /* points to head of LIFO stack */
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.3
index 53e04f71c5..0bd85dbe82 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)atof.3        6.4 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: atof.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atof.3,v 1.3 1999/06/29 18:36:18 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt ATOF 3
@@ -52,9 +51,9 @@ string to double
 The
 .Fn atof
 function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
-.Ar nptr
+.Fa nptr
 to
-.Ar double
+.Li double
 representation.
 .Pp
 It is equivalent to:
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.c
index 9202de50bb..30bac19899 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)atof.c       5.3 (Berkeley) 1/8/93";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: atof.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: atof.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:24 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.3
index 219ba73c00..69b94be70c 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.3
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 .\"
 .\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
 .\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
@@ -33,10 +33,9 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)atoi.3        5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: atoi.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atoi.3,v 1.5 2000/04/20 13:50:01 aaron Exp $
 .\"
-.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dd June 4, 1993
 .Dt ATOI 3
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
@@ -52,16 +51,27 @@ string to integer
 The
 .Fn atoi
 function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
-.Em nptr
+.Fa nptr
 to
-.Em integer
+.Li integer
 representation.
 .Pp
 It is equivalent to:
-.Pp
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 (int)strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10);
 .Ed
+.Sh CAVEATS
+.Nm
+does no overflow checking, handles unsigned numbers poorly,
+and handles strings containing trailing extra characters
+(like
+.Dq "123abc" Ns )
+poorly.
+Careful use of
+.Xr strtol 3
+and
+.Xr strtoul 3
+can alleviate these problems.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr atof 3 ,
 .Xr atol 3 ,
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.c
index df7845f90c..a74d6e1351 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)atoi.c       5.7 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: atoi.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: atoi.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:24 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.3
index 86e3d324a3..cd276a571f 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)atol.3        5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: atol.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atol.3,v 1.5 2002/11/21 20:54:09 millert Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt ATOL 3
@@ -52,9 +51,9 @@ string to long integer
 The
 .Fn atol
 function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
-.Ar nptr
+.Fa nptr
 to
-.Em long integer
+.Li long integer
 representation.
 .Pp
 It is equivalent to:
@@ -64,12 +63,12 @@ strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10);
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr atof 3 ,
 .Xr atoi 3 ,
+.Xr atoll 3 ,
 .Xr strtod 3 ,
 .Xr strtol 3 ,
 .Xr strtoul 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn atol
-function
-conforms to
-.St -ansiC .
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.c
index 31ed06298b..528a932214 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)atol.c       5.7 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: atol.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: atol.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:26 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/calloc.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.3
index d0754b46a0..8be46407c3 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/calloc.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.3
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
 .\" All rights reserved.
 .\"
 .\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
@@ -33,39 +33,42 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)calloc.3      5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: calloc.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atoll.3,v 1.2 2002/11/21 20:54:09 millert Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
-.Dt CALLOC 3
+.Dt ATOLL 3
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
-.Nm calloc
-.Nd allocate clean memory (zero initialized space)
+.Nm atoll
+.Nd convert
+.Tn ASCII
+string to long long integer
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
-.Ft void *
-.Fn calloc "size_t nmemb" "size_t size"
+.Ft long long
+.Fn atoll "const char *nptr"
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
-.Fn calloc
-function allocates space for an array of 
-.Fa nmemb
-objects, each of whose size is
-.Fa size .
-The space is initialized to all bits zero.
-.Sh RETURN VALUES
-The
-.Fn calloc
-function returns
-a pointer to the
-the allocated space if successful; otherwise a null pointer is returned.
+.Fn atoll
+function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
+.Fa nptr
+to
+.Li long integer
+representation.
+.Pp
+It is equivalent to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+strtoll(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10);
+.Ed
 .Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr malloc 3 ,
-.Xr realloc 3 ,
-.Xr free 3
+.Xr atof 3 ,
+.Xr atoi 3 ,
+.Xr atol 3 ,
+.Xr strtod 3 ,
+.Xr strtol 3 ,
+.Xr strtoul 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
-.Fn calloc
+.Fn atoll
 function conforms to
-.St -ansiC .
+.St -ansiC-99 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63a5b35cd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *      This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: atoll.c,v 1.1 2002/11/21 20:51:20 millert Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+long long
+atoll(str)
+        const char *str;
+{
+        return(strtoll(str, (char **)NULL, 10));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3
index 1622c96c6b..9bb9d4ece4 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 .\"
 .\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
 .\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
@@ -33,10 +33,9 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)bsearch.3     5.6 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: bsearch.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: bsearch.3,v 1.5 2000/04/20 13:50:01 aaron Exp $
 .\"
-.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dd April 19, 1994
 .Dt BSEARCH 3
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
@@ -51,12 +50,12 @@ The
 .Fn bsearch
 function searches an array of
 .Fa nmemb
-objects, the initial member of which is 
+objects, the initial member of which is
 pointed to by
 .Fa base ,
 for a member that matches the object pointed to by
 .Fa key .
-The size of each member of the array is specified by 
+The size of each member of the array is specified by
 .Fa size .
 .Pp
 The contents of the array should be in ascending sorted order according
@@ -64,9 +63,7 @@ to the comparison function referenced by
 .Fa compar .
 The
 .Fa compar
-routine
-is expected to have two
-two arguments which point to the
+routine is expected to have two arguments which point to the
 .Fa key
 object and to an array member, in that order, and should return an integer
 less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the
@@ -83,7 +80,7 @@ If two members compare as equal, which member is matched is unspecified.
 .Xr db 3 ,
 .Xr lsearch 3 ,
 .Xr qsort 3 ,
-.\" .Xr tsearch 3
+.Xr tsearch 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn bsearch
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.c
index fac03f694f..1903202b6c 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)bsearch.c    5.4 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: bsearch.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:16 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: bsearch.c,v 1.3 2002/02/16 21:27:24 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -60,7 +59,7 @@ bsearch(key, base0, nmemb, size, compar)
         const void *base0;
         size_t nmemb;
         register size_t size;
-        register int (*compar) __P((const void *, const void *));
+        register int (*compar)(const void *, const void *);
 {
         register const char *base = base0;
         register int lim, cmp;
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/calloc.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/calloc.c
index 3353fab052..c75b256d14 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/calloc.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/calloc.c
@@ -32,12 +32,13 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)calloc.c     5.6 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: calloc.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: calloc.c,v 1.7 2002/07/31 09:19:04 deraadt Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <errno.h>
 
 void *
 calloc(num, size)
@@ -46,8 +47,13 @@ calloc(num, size)
 {
         register void *p;
 
+        if (num && size && SIZE_T_MAX / num < size) {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return NULL;
+        }
         size *= num;
-        if (p = malloc(size))
-                memset(p, '\0', size);
+        p = malloc(size);
+        if (p)
+                memset(p, 0, size);
         return(p);
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/cfree.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/cfree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3af32039a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/cfree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: cfree.c,v 1.1 1996/08/21 03:47:22 tholo Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert <tholo@sigmasoft.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *      This product includes software developed by SigmaSoft, Th.  Lockert.
+ * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+ * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+ * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+ * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+ * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: cfree.c,v 1.1 1996/08/21 03:47:22 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(free, cfree);
+#else
+
+void
+cfree(p)
+        void *p;
+{
+    free(p);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.3
index a4730694a5..1f651d7fd3 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.3
@@ -31,8 +31,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)div.3 5.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/91
-.\"     $Id: div.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: div.3,v 1.5 2000/04/20 13:50:02 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd April 19, 1991
 .Dt DIV 3
@@ -47,24 +46,22 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn div
-function
-computes the value
-.Fa num/denom
+function computes the value
+.Fa num Ns No / Ns Fa denom
 and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named
 .Fa div_t
 that contains two
-.Em int
+.Li int
 members named
 .Fa quot
 and
 .Fa rem .
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr ldiv 3 ,
-.Xr qdiv 3 ,
-.Xr math 3
+.Xr math 3 ,
+.Xr qdiv 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn div
-function
-conforms to
+function conforms to
 .St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.c
index 122ac0deec..c1fae29008 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.c
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)div.c        5.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: div.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: div.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:29 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>             /* div_t */
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/drand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/drand48.c
index ae1a8634dc..02886d5b62 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/drand48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/drand48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: drand48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:29 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..64559ec09e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+.\" AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+.\" EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+.\" PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+.\" OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd December 1, 2002
+.Dt ECVT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ecvt ,
+.Nm fcvt ,
+.Nm gcvt
+.Nd convert double to
+.Tn ASCII
+string
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn ecvt "double value" "int ndigit" "int *decpt" "int *sign"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn fcvt "double value" "int ndigit" "int *decpt" "int *sign"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn gcvt "double value" "int ndigit" "char *buf"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+These functions are provided for compatibility with legacy code.
+New code should use the
+.Xr snprintf 3
+function for improved safety and portability.
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ecvt ,
+.Fn fcvt
+and
+.Fn gcvt
+functions convert the double precision floating-point number
+.Fa value
+to a NUL-terminated
+.Tn ASCII
+string.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ecvt
+function converts
+.Fa value
+to a NUL-terminated string of exactly
+.Fa ndigit
+digits and returns a pointer to that string.
+The result is padded with zeroes from left to right as needed.
+There are no leading zeroes unless
+.Fa value
+itself is 0.
+The least significant digit is rounded in an implementation-dependent manner.
+The position of the decimal point relative to the beginning of the string
+is stored in
+.Fa decpt .
+A negative value indicates that the decimal point is located
+to the left of the returned digits (this occurs when there is no
+whole number component to
+.Fa value ) .
+If
+.Fa value
+is zero, it is unspecified whether the integer pointed to by
+.Fa decpt
+will be 0 or 1.
+The decimal point itself is not included in the returned string.
+If the sign of the result is negative, the integer pointed to by
+.Fa sign
+is non-zero; otherwise, it is 0.
+.Pp
+If the converted value is out of range or is not representable,
+the contents of the returned string are unspecified.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fcvt
+function is identical to
+.Fn ecvt
+with the exception that
+.Fa ndigit
+specifies the number of digits after the decimal point (zero-padded as
+needed).
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn gcvt
+function converts
+.Fa value
+to a NUL-terminated string similar to the %g
+.Xr printf 3
+format specifier and stores the result in
+.Fa buf .
+It produces
+.Fa ndigit
+significant digits similar to the %f
+.Xr printf 3
+format specifier where possible.
+If
+.Fa ndigit
+does allow sufficient precision, the result is stored in
+exponential notation similar to the %e
+.Xr printf 3
+format specifier.
+If
+.Fa value
+is less than zero,
+.Fa buf
+will be prefixed with a minus sign.
+A decimal point is included in the returned string if
+.Fa value
+is not a whole number.
+Unlike the
+.Fn ecvt
+and
+.Fn fcvt
+functions,
+.Fa buf
+is not zero-padded.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn ecvt ,
+.Fn fcvt
+and
+.Fn gcvt
+functions return a NUL-terminated string representation of
+.Fa value .
+.Sh WARNINGS
+The
+.Fn ecvt
+and
+.Fn fcvt
+functions return a pointer to internal storage space that will be
+overwritten by subsequent calls to either function.
+.Pp
+The maximum possible precision of the return value is limited by the
+precision of a double and may not be the same on all architectures.
+.Pp
+The
+.Xr snprintf 3
+function is preferred over these functions for new code.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr printf 3 ,
+.Xr strtod 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn ecvt ,
+.Fn fcvt
+and
+.Fn gcvt
+functions conform to
+.St -susv3 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7460407c84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: ecvt.c,v 1.1 2002/12/02 15:38:54 millert Exp $        */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+ * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+ * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+ * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+ * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: ecvt.c,v 1.1 2002/12/02 15:38:54 millert Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+extern char *__dtoa(double, int, int, int *, int *, char **);
+static char *__cvt(double, int, int *, int *, int, int);
+
+static char *
+__cvt(double value, int ndigit, int *decpt, int *sign, int fmode, int pad)
+{
+        static char *s;
+        char *p, *rve;
+        size_t siz;
+
+        if (ndigit == 0) {
+                *sign = value < 0.0;
+                *decpt = 0;
+                return ("");
+        }
+
+        if (s) {
+                free(s);
+                s = NULL;
+        }
+
+        if (ndigit < 0)
+                siz = -ndigit + 1;
+        else
+                siz = ndigit + 1;
+
+
+        /* __dtoa() doesn't allocate space for 0 so we do it by hand */
+        if (value == 0.0) {
+                *decpt = 1 - fmode;     /* 1 for 'e', 0 for 'f' */
+                *sign = 0;
+                if ((rve = s = (char *)malloc(siz)) == NULL)
+                        return(NULL);
+                *rve++ = '0';
+                *rve = '\0';
+        } else {
+                p = __dtoa(value, fmode + 2, ndigit, decpt, sign, &rve);
+                if (*decpt == 9999) {
+                        /* Nan or Infinity */
+                        *decpt = 0;
+                        return(p);
+                }
+                /* make a local copy and adjust rve to be in terms of s */
+                if (pad && fmode)
+                        siz += *decpt;
+                if ((s = (char *)malloc(siz)) == NULL)
+                        return(NULL);
+                (void) strlcpy(s, p, siz);
+                rve = s + (rve - p);
+        }
+
+        /* Add trailing zeros (unless we got NaN or Inf) */
+        if (pad && *decpt != 9999) {
+                siz -= rve - s;
+                while (--siz)
+                        *rve++ = '0';
+                *rve = '\0';
+        }
+
+        return(s);
+}
+
+char *
+ecvt(double value, int ndigit, int *decpt, int *sign)
+{
+        return(__cvt(value, ndigit, decpt, sign, 0, 1));
+}
+
+char *
+fcvt(double value, int ndigit, int *decpt, int *sign)
+{
+        return(__cvt(value, ndigit, decpt, sign, 1, 1));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/erand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/erand48.c
index cc9fbf770c..b92dacffcc 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/erand48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/erand48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: erand48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:29 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 double
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3
index adb81ffcb4..fb499e0946 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)exit.3        6.6 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: exit.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: exit.3,v 1.8 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt EXIT 3
@@ -47,8 +46,9 @@
 .Ft void
 .Fn exit "int status"
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
-.Fn Exit
-terminates a process.
+The
+.Fn exit
+function terminates a process.
 .Pp
 Before termination it performs the following functions in the
 order listed:
@@ -66,19 +66,28 @@ Unlink all files created with the
 .Xr tmpfile 3
 function.
 .El
+.Pp
+Following this,
+.Fn exit
+calls
+.Xr _exit 2 .
+Note that typically
+.Xr _exit 2
+only passes the lower 8 bits of
+.Fa status
+on to the parent, thus negative values have less meaning.
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
 The
 .Fn exit
-function
-never returns.
+function never returns.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr _exit 2 ,
 .Xr atexit 3 ,
 .Xr intro 3 ,
+.Xr sysexits 3 ,
 .Xr tmpfile 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn exit
-function
-conforms to
+function conforms to
 .St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.c
index b1412f42bb..e22bd5178e 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.c
@@ -32,15 +32,24 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)exit.c       5.4 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: exit.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: exit.c,v 1.8 2002/09/14 22:03:14 dhartmei Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include "atexit.h"
+#include "thread_private.h"
 
-void (*__cleanup)();
+/*
+ * This variable is zero until a process has created a thread.
+ * It is used to avoid calling locking functions in libc when they
+ * are not required. By default, libc is intended to be(come)
+ * thread-safe, but without a (significant) penalty to non-threaded
+ * processes.
+ */
+int     __isthreaded    = 0;
 
 /*
  * Exit, flushing stdio buffers if necessary.
@@ -49,13 +58,20 @@ void
 exit(status)
         int status;
 {
-        register struct atexit *p;
-        register int n;
+        register struct atexit *p, *q;
+        register int n, pgsize = getpagesize();
 
-        for (p = __atexit; p; p = p->next)
-                for (n = p->ind; --n >= 0;)
-                        (*p->fns[n])();
-        if (__cleanup)
-                (*__cleanup)();
+        if (!__atexit_invalid) {
+                p = __atexit;
+                while (p != NULL) {
+                        for (n = p->ind; --n >= 0;)
+                                if (p->fns[n] != NULL)
+                                        (*p->fns[n])();
+                        q = p;
+                        p = p->next;
+                        munmap(q, pgsize);
+                }
+        }
+        /* cleanup, if registered, was called through fns[0] in the last page */
         _exit(status);
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/free.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/free.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d0131d7de..0000000000
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/free.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
-.\" Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
-.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
-.\"     This product includes software developed by the University of
-.\"     California, Berkeley and its contributors.
-.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
-.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-.\"    without specific prior written permission.
-.\"
-.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
-.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
-.\"     from: @(#)free.3        5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: free.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $
-.\"
-.Dd June 29, 1991
-.Dt FREE 3
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm free
-.Nd free up memory allocated with malloc, calloc or realloc
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
-.Ft void
-.Fn free "void *ptr"
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Fn free
-function causes the space pointed to by
-.Fa ptr
-to be deallocated, that is, made available
-for further allocation.
-If
-.Fa ptr
-is a null pointer, no action occurs.
-Otherwise, if the argument does not match a pointer earlier
-returned by the
-.Xr calloc ,
-.Xr malloc ,
-or
-.Xr realloc
-function, or if the space has been deallocated by a call to
-.Fn free
-or
-.Xr realloc ,
-general havoc may occur.
-.Sh RETURN VALUES
-The
-.Fn free
-function returns no value.
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr calloc 3 ,
-.Xr malloc 3 ,
-.Xr realloc 3
-.Sh STANDARDS
-The
-.Fn free
-function conforms to
-.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/gcvt.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/gcvt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..240c4db5b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/gcvt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: gcvt.c,v 1.3 2003/05/09 20:01:43 millert Exp $        */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+ * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+ * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+ * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+ * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: gcvt.c,v 1.3 2003/05/09 20:01:43 millert Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+extern char *__dtoa(double, int, int, int *, int *, char **);
+
+char *
+gcvt(double value, int ndigit, char *buf)
+{
+        char *digits, *dst, *src;
+        int i, decpt, sign;
+
+        if (ndigit == 0) {
+                buf[0] = '\0';
+                return (buf);
+        }
+
+        digits = __dtoa(value, 2, ndigit, &decpt, &sign, NULL);
+        if (decpt == 9999) {
+                /* Infinity or NaN, assume buffer is at least ndigit long. */
+                strlcpy(buf, digits, ndigit + 1);
+                return (buf);
+        }
+
+        dst = buf;
+        if (sign)
+                *dst++ = '-';
+
+        if (decpt < 0 || decpt > ndigit) {
+                /* exponential format */
+                if (--decpt < 0) {
+                        sign = 1;
+                        decpt = -decpt;
+                } else
+                        sign = 0;
+                for (src = digits; *src != '\0'; )
+                        *dst++ = *src++;
+                *dst++ = 'e';
+                if (sign)
+                        *dst++ = '-';
+                else
+                        *dst++ = '+';
+                if (decpt < 10) {
+                        *dst++ = '0';
+                        *dst++ = '0' + decpt;
+                        *dst = '\0';
+                } else {
+                        /* XXX - optimize */
+                        for (sign = decpt, i = 0; (sign /= 10) != 0; i++)
+                                sign /= 10;
+                        while (decpt != 0) {
+                                dst[i--] = '0' + decpt % 10;
+                                decpt /= 10;
+                        }
+                }
+        } else {
+                /* standard format */
+                for (i = 0, src = digits; i < decpt; i++) {
+                        if (*src != '\0')
+                                *dst++ = *src++;
+                        else
+                                *dst++ = '0';
+                }
+                if (*src != '\0') {
+                        *dst++ = '.';           /* XXX - locale-specific (LC_NUMERIC) */
+                        for (i = decpt; digits[i] != '\0'; i++) {
+                                *dst++ = digits[i];
+                        }
+                }
+                *dst = '\0';
+        }
+        return (buf);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3
index 411eb35da4..b2aa0080d6 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 .\"
 .\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
 .\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
@@ -33,10 +33,9 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)getenv.3      6.11 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: getenv.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: getenv.3,v 1.7 2000/04/20 13:50:02 aaron Exp $
 .\"
-.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dd December 11, 1993
 .Dt GETENV 3
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
@@ -56,59 +55,51 @@
 .Ft void
 .Fn unsetenv "const char *name"
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
-These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the
-host
+These functions set, unset, and fetch environment variables from the host
 .Em environment list .
-For compatibility with differing environment conventions,
-the given arguments
-.Ar name
+For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments
+.Fa name
 and
-.Ar value
-may be appended and prepended, 
-respectively,
-with an equal sign
+.Fa value
+may be appended and prepended, respectively, with an equal sign
 .Dq Li \&= .
 .Pp
 The
 .Fn getenv
 function obtains the current value of the environment variable,
-.Ar name .
+.Fa name .
 If the variable
-.Ar name
-is not in the current environment ,
-a null pointer is returned.
+.Fa name
+is not in the current environment, a null pointer is returned.
 .Pp
 The
 .Fn setenv
 function inserts or resets the environment variable
-.Ar name
+.Fa name
 in the current environment list.
 If the variable
-.Ar name
-does not exist in the list,
-it is inserted with the given
-.Ar value.
+.Fa name
+does not exist in the list, it is inserted with the given
+.Fa value .
 If the variable does exist, the argument
-.Ar overwrite
+.Fa overwrite
 is tested; if
-.Ar overwrite is
-zero, the
-variable is not reset, otherwise it is reset
-to the given
-.Ar value .
+.Fa overwrite
+is zero, the variable is not reset, otherwise it is reset to the given
+.Fa value .
 .Pp
 The
 .Fn putenv
-function takes an argument of the form ``name=value'' and is
-equivalent to:
+function takes an argument of the form
+.Ar name Ns No = Ns Ar value
+and is equivalent to:
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 setenv(name, value, 1);
 .Ed
 .Pp
 The
 .Fn unsetenv
-function
-deletes all instances of the variable name pointed to by
+function deletes all instances of the variable name pointed to by
 .Fa name
 from the list.
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
@@ -118,10 +109,13 @@ and
 .Fn putenv
 return zero if successful; otherwise the global variable
 .Va errno
-is set to indicate the error and a
-\-1 is returned.
+is set to indicate the error and \-1 is returned.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn getenv
+is successful, the string returned should be considered read-only.
 .Sh ERRORS
-.Bl -tag -width Er
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOMEM]
 .It Bq Er ENOMEM
 The function
 .Fn setenv
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.c
index 09d47f2149..934f10928f 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California.
- * All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
@@ -32,26 +32,13 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)getenv.c     5.8 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: getenv.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: getenv.c,v 1.5 2002/12/10 22:44:12 mickey Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
-/*
- * getenv --
- *      Returns ptr to value associated with name, if any, else NULL.
- */
-char *
-getenv(name)
-        const char *name;
-{
-        int offset;
-        char *__findenv();
-
-        return(__findenv(name, &offset));
-}
+char *__findenv(const char *name, int *offset);
 
 /*
  * __findenv --
@@ -63,20 +50,39 @@ getenv(name)
  *      This routine *should* be a static; don't use it.
  */
 char *
-__findenv(name, offset)
-        register char *name;
-        int *offset;
+__findenv(const char *name, int *offset)
 {
         extern char **environ;
-        register int len;
-        register char **P, *C;
+        register int len, i;
+        register const char *np;
+        register char **p, *cp;
+
+        if (name == NULL || environ == NULL)
+                return (NULL);
+        for (np = name; *np && *np != '='; ++np)
+                ;
+        len = np - name;
+        for (p = environ; (cp = *p) != NULL; ++p) {
+                for (np = name, i = len; i && *cp; i--)
+                        if (*cp++ != *np++)
+                                break;
+                if (i == 0 && *cp++ == '=') {
+                        *offset = p - environ;
+                        return (cp);
+                }
+        }
+        return (NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * getenv --
+ *      Returns ptr to value associated with name, if any, else NULL.
+ */
+char *
+getenv(name)
+        const char *name;
+{
+        int offset;
 
-        for (C = name, len = 0; *C && *C != '='; ++C, ++len);
-        for (P = environ; *P; ++P)
-                if (!strncmp(*P, name, len))
-                        if (*(C = *P + len) == '=') {
-                                *offset = P - environ;
-                                return(++C);
-                        }
-        return(NULL);
+        return (__findenv(name, &offset));
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
index f843881afd..d25b497035 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
@@ -29,11 +29,11 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     @(#)getopt.3    8.4 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"     $OpenBSD: getopt.3,v 1.22 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
 .\"
-.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dd December 8, 2002
 .Dt GETOPT 3
-.Os BSD 4.3
+.Os
 .Sh NAME
 .Nm getopt
 .Nd get option character from command line argument list
@@ -51,30 +51,28 @@ The
 .Fn getopt
 function incrementally parses a command line argument list
 .Fa argv
-and returns the next
-.Em known
-option character.
+and returns the next known option character.
 An option character is
-.Em known
+.Dq known
 if it has been specified in the string of accepted option characters,
 .Fa optstring .
 .Pp
 The option string
 .Fa optstring
-may contain the following elements: individual characters, and
+may contain the following elements: individual characters and
 characters followed by a colon to indicate an option argument
 is to follow.
 For example, an option string
-.Li "\&""x""
+.Qq x
 recognizes an option
-.Dq Fl x ,
+.Fl x ,
 and an option string
-.Li "\&""x:""
+.Qq Li x:
 recognizes an option and argument
-.Dq Fl x Ar argument .
+.Fl x Ar argument .
 It does not matter to
 .Fn getopt
-if a following argument has leading white space.
+if a following argument has leading whitespace.
 .Pp
 On return from
 .Fn getopt ,
@@ -89,12 +87,10 @@ to
 .Fn getopt .
 The variable
 .Va optopt
-saves the last
-.Em known
-option character returned by
+saves the last known option character returned by
 .Fn getopt .
 .Pp
-The variable
+The variables
 .Va opterr
 and
 .Va optind
@@ -119,10 +115,7 @@ must be reinitialized.
 .Pp
 The
 .Fn getopt
-function
-returns \-1
-when the argument list is exhausted, or a non-recognized
-option is encountered.
+function returns \-1 when the argument list is exhausted.
 The interpretation of options in the argument list may be cancelled
 by the option
 .Ql --
@@ -133,49 +126,36 @@ When all options have been processed (i.e., up to the first non-option
 argument),
 .Fn getopt
 returns \-1.
-.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
-If the
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
 .Fn getopt
-function encounters a character not found in the string
-.Va optarg
-or detects
-a missing option argument it writes an error message and returns
-.Ql ?
-to the
-.Em stderr .
-Setting
-.Va opterr
-to a zero will disable these error messages.
+function returns the next known option character in
+.Fa optstring .
 If
-.Va optstring 
-has a leading 
-.Ql \&:
-then a missing option argument causes a
-.Ql \&:
-to be returned in addition to suppressing any error messages.
-.Pp
-Option arguments are allowed to begin with
-.Dq Li \- ;
-this is reasonable but
-reduces the amount of error checking possible.
-.Sh EXTENSIONS
+.Fn getopt
+encounters a character not found in
+.Fa optstring
+or if it detects a missing option argument,
+it returns
+.Sq ? .
+If
+.Fa optstring
+has a leading
+.Sq \:
+then a missing option argument causes
+.Sq \:
+to be returned instead of
+.Sq ? .
 The
-.Va optreset
-variable was added to make it possible to call the
 .Fn getopt
-function multiple times.
-This is an extension to the
-.St -p1003.2
-specification.
-.Sh EXAMPLE
+function returns \-1 when the argument list is exhausted.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
 .Bd -literal -compact
-extern char *optarg;
-extern int optind;
 int bflag, ch, fd;
 
 bflag = 0;
-while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "bf:")) != -1)
-        switch(ch) {
+while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "bf:")) != -1) {
+        switch (ch) {
         case 'b':
                 bflag = 1;
                 break;
@@ -189,31 +169,69 @@ while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "bf:")) != -1)
         case '?':
         default:
                 usage();
+        }
 }
 argc -= optind;
 argv += optind;
 .Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getopt 1 ,
+.Xr getopt_long 3 ,
+.Xr getsubopt 3
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+If the
+.Fn getopt
+function encounters a character not found in the string
+.Va optstring
+or detects
+a missing option argument it writes an error message to
+.Em stderr
+and returns
+.Ql ? .
+Setting
+.Va opterr
+to a zero will disable these error messages.
+If
+.Va optstring
+has a leading
+.Ql \&:
+then a missing option argument causes a
+.Ql \&:
+to be returned in addition to suppressing any error messages.
+.Pp
+Option arguments are allowed to begin with
+.Ql - ;
+this is reasonable but reduces the amount of error checking possible.
+.Sh EXTENSIONS
+The
+.Va optreset
+variable was added to make it possible to call the
+.Fn getopt
+function multiple times.
+This is an extension to the
+.St -p1003.2
+specification.
 .Sh HISTORY
 The
 .Fn getopt
-function appeared
+function appeared in
 .Bx 4.3 .
 .Sh BUGS
 The
 .Fn getopt
 function was once specified to return
-.Dv EOF 
+.Dv EOF
 instead of \-1.
 This was changed by
 .St -p1003.2-92
-to decouple 
+to decouple
 .Fn getopt
-from 
+from
 .Pa <stdio.h> .
 .Pp
 A single dash
-.Dq Li -
-may be specified as an character in
+.Pq Ql -
+may be specified as a character in
 .Fa optstring ,
 however it should
 .Em never
@@ -221,15 +239,25 @@ have an argument associated with it.
 This allows
 .Fn getopt
 to be used with programs that expect
-.Dq Li -
+.Ql -
 as an option flag.
 This practice is wrong, and should not be used in any current development.
 It is provided for backward compatibility
 .Em only .
+Care should be taken not to use
+.Ql -
+as the first character in
+.Fa optstring
+to avoid a semantic conflict with
+.Tn GNU
+.Fn getopt ,
+which assigns different meaning to an
+.Fa optstring
+that begins with a
+.Ql - .
 By default, a single dash causes
 .Fn getopt
 to return \-1.
-This is, we believe, compatible with System V.
 .Pp
 It is also possible to handle digits as option letters.
 This allows
@@ -242,18 +270,19 @@ It is provided for backward compatibility
 .Em only .
 The following code fragment works in most cases.
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
-int length;
+int ch;
+long length;
 char *p;
 
-while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "0123456789")) != -1)
-        switch (c) {
+while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "0123456789")) != -1) {
+        switch (ch) {
         case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
         case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
                 p = argv[optind - 1];
                 if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == ch && !p[2])
-                        length = atoi(++p);
+                        length = ch - '0';
                 else
-                        length = atoi(argv[optind] + 1);
+                        length = strtol(argv[optind] + 1, NULL, 10);
                 break;
         }
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.c
index 63c5e6a479..fc0f8c1bc7 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/* static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)getopt.c   8.2 (Berkeley) 4/2/94"; */
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: getopt.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: getopt.c,v 1.4 2002/12/08 22:57:14 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -64,6 +63,9 @@ getopt(nargc, nargv, ostr)
         static char *place = EMSG;              /* option letter processing */
         char *oli;                              /* option letter list index */
 
+        if (ostr == NULL)
+                return (-1);
+
         if (optreset || !*place) {              /* update scanning pointer */
                 optreset = 0;
                 if (optind >= nargc || *(place = nargv[optind]) != '-') {
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2589bd7b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: getopt_long.3,v 1.6 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
+.\"     $NetBSD: getopt_long.3,v 1.11 2002/10/02 10:54:19 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"     This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"     California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getopt.3    8.5 (Berkeley) 4/27/95
+.\"
+.Dd April 1, 2000
+.Dt GETOPT_LONG 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getopt_long ,
+.Nm getopt_long_only
+.Nd get long options from command line argument list
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <getopt.h>
+.Vt extern char *optarg;
+.Vt extern int optind;
+.Vt extern int optopt;
+.Vt extern int opterr;
+.Vt extern int optreset;
+.Ft int
+.Fn getopt_long "int argc" "char * const *argv" "const char *optstring" "const struct option *longopts" "int *index"
+.Ft int
+.Fn getopt_long_only "int argc" "char * const *argv" "const char *optstring" "const struct option *longopts" "int *index"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getopt_long
+function is similar to
+.Xr getopt 3
+but it accepts options in two forms: words and characters.
+The
+.Fn getopt_long
+function provides a superset of the functionality of
+.Xr getopt 3 .
+.Fn getopt_long
+can be used in two ways.
+In the first way, every long option understood by the program has a
+corresponding short option, and the option structure is only used to
+translate from long options to short options.
+When used in this fashion,
+.Fn getopt_long
+behaves identically to
+.Xr getopt 3 .
+This is a good way to add long option processing to an existing program
+with the minimum of rewriting.
+.Pp
+In the second mechanism, a long option sets a flag in the
+.Fa option
+structure passed, or will store a pointer to the command line argument
+in the
+.Fa option
+structure passed to it for options that take arguments.
+Additionally, the long option's argument may be specified as a single
+argument with an equal sign, e.g.
+.Bd -literal
+myprogram --myoption=somevalue
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When a long option is processed the call to
+.Fn getopt_long
+will return 0.
+For this reason, long option processing without
+shortcuts is not backwards compatible with
+.Xr getopt 3 .
+.Pp
+It is possible to combine these methods, providing for long options
+processing with short option equivalents for some options.
+Less frequently used options would be processed as long options only.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getopt_long
+call requires a structure to be initialized describing the long
+options.
+The structure is:
+.Bd -literal
+struct option {
+        char *name;
+        int has_arg;
+        int *flag;
+        int val;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa name
+field should contain the option name without the leading double dash.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa has_arg
+field should be one of:
+.Bl -tag -width "optional_argument"
+.It Li no_argument
+no argument to the option is expect.
+.It Li required_argument
+an argument to the option is required.
+.It Li optional_argument
+an argument to the option may be presented.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa flag
+is not
+.Dv NULL ,
+then the integer pointed to by it will be set to the value in the
+.Fa val
+field.
+If the
+.Fa flag
+field is
+.Dv NULL ,
+then the
+.Fa val
+field will be returned.
+Setting
+.Fa flag
+to
+.Dv NULL
+and setting
+.Fa val
+to the corresponding short option will make this function act just
+like
+.Xr getopt 3 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getopt_long_only
+function behaves identically to
+.Fn getopt_long
+with the exception that long options may start with
+.Sq -
+in addition to
+.Sq -- .
+If an option starting with
+.Sq -
+does not match a long option but does match a single-character option,
+the single-character option is returned.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the
+.Fa flag
+field in
+.Li struct option
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+.Fn getopt_long
+and
+.Fn getopt_long_only
+return the value specified in the
+.Fa val
+field, which is usually just the corresponding short option.
+If
+.Fa flag
+is not
+.Dv NULL ,
+these functions return 0 and store
+.Fa val
+in the location pointed to by
+.Fa flag .
+These functions return
+.Sq \:
+if there was a missing option argument,
+.Sq ?
+if the user specified an unknown or ambiguous option, and
+\-1 when the argument list has been exhausted.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bd -literal -compact
+int bflag, ch, fd;
+int daggerset;
+
+/* options descriptor */
+static struct option longopts[] = {
+        { "buffy",      no_argument,            0,              'b' },
+        { "fluoride",   required_argument,      0,              'f' },
+        { "daggerset",  no_argument,            &daggerset,     1 },
+        { 0,            0,                      0,              0 }
+};
+
+bflag = 0;
+while ((ch = getopt_long(argc, argv, "bf:", longopts, NULL)) != -1)
+        switch(ch) {
+        case 'b':
+                bflag = 1;
+                break;
+        case 'f':
+                if ((fd = open(optarg, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1)
+                        err(1, "unable to open %s", optarg);
+                break;
+        case 0:
+                if (daggerset) {
+                        fprintf(stderr,"Buffy will use her dagger to "
+                                       "apply fluoride to dracula's teeth\en");
+                }
+                break;
+        case '?':
+        default:
+                usage();
+}
+argc -= optind;
+argv += optind;
+.Ed
+.Sh IMPLEMENTATION DIFFERENCES
+This section describes differences to the GNU implementation
+found in glibc-2.1.3:
+.Bl -tag -width "xxx"
+.It Li o
+handling of - as first char of option string in presence of
+environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT:
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Li GNU
+ignores POSIXLY_CORRECT and returns non-options as
+arguments to option '\e1'.
+.It Li OpenBSD
+honors POSIXLY_CORRECT and stops at the first non-option.
+.El
+.It Li o
+handling of - within the option string (not the first character):
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Li GNU
+treats a
+.Ql -
+on the command line as a non-argument.
+.It Li OpenBSD
+a
+.Ql -
+within the option string matches a
+.Ql -
+(single dash) on the command line.
+This functionality is provided for backward compatibility with
+programs, such as
+.Xr su 1 ,
+that use
+.Ql -
+as an option flag.
+This practice is wrong, and should not be used in any current development.
+.El
+.It Li o
+handling of :: in options string in presence of POSIXLY_CORRECT:
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Li Both
+GNU and OpenBSD ignore POSIXLY_CORRECT here and take :: to
+mean the preceding option takes an optional argument.
+.El
+.It Li o
+return value in case of missing argument if first character
+(after + or -) in option string is not ':':
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Li GNU
+returns '?'
+.It OpenBSD
+returns ':' (since OpenBSD's getopt does).
+.El
+.It Li o
+handling of --a in getopt:
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Li GNU
+parses this as option '-', option 'a'.
+.It Li OpenBSD
+parses this as '--', and returns \-1 (ignoring the a).
+(Because the original getopt does.)
+.El
+.It Li o
+setting of optopt for long options with flag !=
+.Dv NULL :
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Li GNU
+sets optopt to val.
+.It Li OpenBSD
+sets optopt to 0 (since val would never be returned).
+.El
+.It Li o
+handling of -W with W; in option string in getopt (not getopt_long):
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Li GNU
+causes a segfault.
+.It Li OpenBSD
+no special handling is done;
+.Dq W;
+is interpreted as two separate options, neither of which take an argument.
+.El
+.It Li o
+setting of optarg for long options without an argument that are
+invoked via -W (W; in option string):
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Li GNU
+sets optarg to the option name (the argument of -W).
+.It Li OpenBSD
+sets optarg to
+.Dv NULL
+(the argument of the long option).
+.El
+.It Li o
+handling of -W with an argument that is not (a prefix to) a known
+long option (W; in option string):
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Li GNU
+returns -W with optarg set to the unknown option.
+.It Li OpenBSD
+treats this as an error (unknown option) and returns '?' with
+optopt set to 0 and optarg set to
+.Dv NULL
+(as GNU's man page documents).
+.El
+.It Li o
+The error messages are different.
+.It Li o
+OpenBSD does not permute the argument vector at the same points in
+the calling sequence as GNU does.
+The aspects normally used by the caller
+(ordering after \-1 is returned, value of optind relative
+to current positions) are the same, though.
+(We do fewer variable swaps.)
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width POSIXLY_CORRECT
+.It Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT
+If set, option processing stops when the first non-option is found and
+a leading
+.Sq -
+or
+.Sq +
+in the
+.Ar optstring
+is ignored.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getopt 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getopt_long
+and
+.Fn getopt_long_only
+functions first appeared in GNU libiberty.
+This implementation first appeared in
+.Ox 3.3 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Ar argv
+argument is not really
+.Dv const
+as its elements may be permuted (unless
+.Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT
+is set).
+.Pp
+In a future release, this implementation should completely replace
+.Xr getopt 3 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0cdc4d652f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.c
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: getopt_long.c,v 1.11 2002/12/10 17:51:42 millert Exp $        */
+/*      $NetBSD: getopt_long.c,v 1.15 2002/01/31 22:43:40 tv Exp $      */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+ * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+ * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+ * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+ * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Dieter Baron and Thomas Klausner.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *        This product includes software developed by the NetBSD
+ *        Foundation, Inc. and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: getopt_long.c,v 1.11 2002/12/10 17:51:42 millert Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_GETOPT
+int     opterr = 1;             /* if error message should be printed */
+int     optind = 1;             /* index into parent argv vector */
+int     optopt = '?';           /* character checked for validity */
+int     optreset;               /* reset getopt */
+char    *optarg;                /* argument associated with option */
+#endif
+
+#define PRINT_ERROR     ((opterr) && (*options != ':'))
+
+#define FLAG_PERMUTE    0x01    /* permute non-options to the end of argv */
+#define FLAG_ALLARGS    0x02    /* treat non-options as args to option "-1" */
+#define FLAG_LONGONLY   0x04    /* operate as getopt_long_only */
+
+/* return values */
+#define BADCH           (int)'?'
+#define BADARG          ((*options == ':') ? (int)':' : (int)'?')
+#define INORDER         (int)1
+
+#define EMSG            ""
+
+static int getopt_internal(int, char * const *, const char *,
+                           const struct option *, int *, int);
+static int parse_long_options(char * const *, const char *,
+                              const struct option *, int *, int);
+static int gcd(int, int);
+static void permute_args(int, int, int, char * const *);
+
+static char *place = EMSG; /* option letter processing */
+
+/* XXX: set optreset to 1 rather than these two */
+static int nonopt_start = -1; /* first non option argument (for permute) */
+static int nonopt_end = -1;   /* first option after non options (for permute) */
+
+/* Error messages */
+static const char recargchar[] = "option requires an argument -- %c";
+static const char recargstring[] = "option requires an argument -- %s";
+static const char ambig[] = "ambiguous option -- %.*s";
+static const char noarg[] = "option doesn't take an argument -- %.*s";
+static const char illoptchar[] = "unknown option -- %c";
+static const char illoptstring[] = "unknown option -- %s";
+
+/*
+ * Compute the greatest common divisor of a and b.
+ */
+static int
+gcd(int a, int b)
+{
+        int c;
+
+        c = a % b;
+        while (c != 0) {
+                a = b;
+                b = c;
+                c = a % b;
+        }
+
+        return (b);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Exchange the block from nonopt_start to nonopt_end with the block
+ * from nonopt_end to opt_end (keeping the same order of arguments
+ * in each block).
+ */
+static void
+permute_args(int panonopt_start, int panonopt_end, int opt_end,
+        char * const *nargv)
+{
+        int cstart, cyclelen, i, j, ncycle, nnonopts, nopts, pos;
+        char *swap;
+
+        /*
+         * compute lengths of blocks and number and size of cycles
+         */
+        nnonopts = panonopt_end - panonopt_start;
+        nopts = opt_end - panonopt_end;
+        ncycle = gcd(nnonopts, nopts);
+        cyclelen = (opt_end - panonopt_start) / ncycle;
+
+        for (i = 0; i < ncycle; i++) {
+                cstart = panonopt_end+i;
+                pos = cstart;
+                for (j = 0; j < cyclelen; j++) {
+                        if (pos >= panonopt_end)
+                                pos -= nnonopts;
+                        else
+                                pos += nopts;
+                        swap = nargv[pos];
+                        /* LINTED const cast */
+                        ((char **) nargv)[pos] = nargv[cstart];
+                        /* LINTED const cast */
+                        ((char **)nargv)[cstart] = swap;
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+/*
+ * parse_long_options --
+ *      Parse long options in argc/argv argument vector.
+ * Returns -1 if short_too is set and the option does not match long_options.
+ */
+static int
+parse_long_options(char * const *nargv, const char *options,
+        const struct option *long_options, int *idx, int short_too)
+{
+        char *current_argv, *has_equal;
+        size_t current_argv_len;
+        int i, match;
+
+        current_argv = place;
+        match = -1;
+
+        optind++;
+
+        if ((has_equal = strchr(current_argv, '=')) != NULL) {
+                /* argument found (--option=arg) */
+                current_argv_len = has_equal - current_argv;
+                has_equal++;
+        } else
+                current_argv_len = strlen(current_argv);
+
+        for (i = 0; long_options[i].name; i++) {
+                /* find matching long option */
+                if (strncmp(current_argv, long_options[i].name,
+                    current_argv_len))
+                        continue;
+
+                if (strlen(long_options[i].name) == current_argv_len) {
+                        /* exact match */
+                        match = i;
+                        break;
+                }
+                /*
+                 * If this is a known short option, don't allow
+                 * a partial match of a single character.
+                 */
+                if (short_too && current_argv_len == 1)
+                        continue;
+
+                if (match == -1)        /* partial match */
+                        match = i;
+                else {
+                        /* ambiguous abbreviation */
+                        if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                                warnx(ambig, (int)current_argv_len,
+                                     current_argv);
+                        optopt = 0;
+                        return (BADCH);
+                }
+        }
+        if (match != -1) {              /* option found */
+                if (long_options[match].has_arg == no_argument
+                    && has_equal) {
+                        if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                                warnx(noarg, (int)current_argv_len,
+                                     current_argv);
+                        /*
+                         * XXX: GNU sets optopt to val regardless of flag
+                         */
+                        if (long_options[match].flag == NULL)
+                                optopt = long_options[match].val;
+                        else
+                                optopt = 0;
+                        return (BADARG);
+                }
+                if (long_options[match].has_arg == required_argument ||
+                    long_options[match].has_arg == optional_argument) {
+                        if (has_equal)
+                                optarg = has_equal;
+                        else if (long_options[match].has_arg ==
+                            required_argument) {
+                                /*
+                                 * optional argument doesn't use next nargv
+                                 */
+                                optarg = nargv[optind++];
+                        }
+                }
+                if ((long_options[match].has_arg == required_argument)
+                    && (optarg == NULL)) {
+                        /*
+                         * Missing argument; leading ':' indicates no error
+                         * should be generated.
+                         */
+                        if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                                warnx(recargstring,
+                                    current_argv);
+                        /*
+                         * XXX: GNU sets optopt to val regardless of flag
+                         */
+                        if (long_options[match].flag == NULL)
+                                optopt = long_options[match].val;
+                        else
+                                optopt = 0;
+                        --optind;
+                        return (BADARG);
+                }
+        } else {                        /* unknown option */
+                if (short_too) {
+                        --optind;
+                        return (-1);
+                }
+                if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                        warnx(illoptstring, current_argv);
+                optopt = 0;
+                return (BADCH);
+        }
+        if (idx)
+                *idx = match;
+        if (long_options[match].flag) {
+                *long_options[match].flag = long_options[match].val;
+                return (0);
+        } else
+                return (long_options[match].val);
+}
+
+/*
+ * getopt_internal --
+ *      Parse argc/argv argument vector.  Called by user level routines.
+ */
+static int
+getopt_internal(int nargc, char * const *nargv, const char *options,
+        const struct option *long_options, int *idx, int flags)
+{
+        char *oli;                              /* option letter list index */
+        int optchar, short_too;
+        static int posixly_correct = -1;
+
+        if (options == NULL)
+                return (-1);
+
+        /*
+         * Disable GNU extensions if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set or options
+         * string begins with a '+'.
+         */
+        if (posixly_correct == -1)
+                posixly_correct = (getenv("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL);
+        if (posixly_correct || *options == '+')
+                flags &= ~FLAG_PERMUTE;
+        else if (*options == '-')
+                flags |= FLAG_ALLARGS;
+        if (*options == '+' || *options == '-')
+                options++;
+
+        /*
+         * XXX Some GNU programs (like cvs) set optind to 0 instead of
+         * XXX using optreset.  Work around this braindamage.
+         */
+        if (optind == 0)
+                optind = optreset = 1;
+
+        optarg = NULL;
+        if (optreset)
+                nonopt_start = nonopt_end = -1;
+start:
+        if (optreset || !*place) {              /* update scanning pointer */
+                optreset = 0;
+                if (optind >= nargc) {          /* end of argument vector */
+                        place = EMSG;
+                        if (nonopt_end != -1) {
+                                /* do permutation, if we have to */
+                                permute_args(nonopt_start, nonopt_end,
+                                    optind, nargv);
+                                optind -= nonopt_end - nonopt_start;
+                        }
+                        else if (nonopt_start != -1) {
+                                /*
+                                 * If we skipped non-options, set optind
+                                 * to the first of them.
+                                 */
+                                optind = nonopt_start;
+                        }
+                        nonopt_start = nonopt_end = -1;
+                        return (-1);
+                }
+                if (*(place = nargv[optind]) != '-' ||
+                    (place[1] == '\0' && strchr(options, '-') == NULL)) {
+                        place = EMSG;           /* found non-option */
+                        if (flags & FLAG_ALLARGS) {
+                                /*
+                                 * GNU extension:
+                                 * return non-option as argument to option 1
+                                 */
+                                optarg = nargv[optind++];
+                                return (INORDER);
+                        }
+                        if (!(flags & FLAG_PERMUTE)) {
+                                /*
+                                 * If no permutation wanted, stop parsing
+                                 * at first non-option.
+                                 */
+                                return (-1);
+                        }
+                        /* do permutation */
+                        if (nonopt_start == -1)
+                                nonopt_start = optind;
+                        else if (nonopt_end != -1) {
+                                permute_args(nonopt_start, nonopt_end,
+                                    optind, nargv);
+                                nonopt_start = optind -
+                                    (nonopt_end - nonopt_start);
+                                nonopt_end = -1;
+                        }
+                        optind++;
+                        /* process next argument */
+                        goto start;
+                }
+                if (nonopt_start != -1 && nonopt_end == -1)
+                        nonopt_end = optind;
+
+                /*
+                 * Check for "--" or "--foo" with no long options
+                 * but if place is simply "-" leave it unmolested.
+                 */
+                if (place[1] != '\0' && *++place == '-' &&
+                    (place[1] == '\0' || long_options == NULL)) {
+                        optind++;
+                        place = EMSG;
+                        /*
+                         * We found an option (--), so if we skipped
+                         * non-options, we have to permute.
+                         */
+                        if (nonopt_end != -1) {
+                                permute_args(nonopt_start, nonopt_end,
+                                    optind, nargv);
+                                optind -= nonopt_end - nonopt_start;
+                        }
+                        nonopt_start = nonopt_end = -1;
+                        return (-1);
+                }
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * Check long options if:
+         *  1) we were passed some
+         *  2) the arg is not just "-"
+         *  3) either the arg starts with -- we are getopt_long_only()
+         */
+        if (long_options != NULL && place != nargv[optind] &&
+            (*place == '-' || (flags & FLAG_LONGONLY))) {
+                short_too = 0;
+                if (*place == '-')
+                        place++;                /* --foo long option */
+                else if (*place != ':' && strchr(options, *place) != NULL)
+                        short_too = 1;          /* could be short option too */
+
+                optchar = parse_long_options(nargv, options, long_options,
+                    idx, short_too);
+                if (optchar != -1) {
+                        place = EMSG;
+                        return (optchar);
+                }
+        }
+
+        if ((optchar = (int)*place++) == (int)':' ||
+            (oli = strchr(options, optchar)) == NULL) {
+                /*
+                 * If the user didn't specify '-' as an option,
+                 * assume it means -1 as POSIX specifies.
+                 */
+                if (optchar == (int)'-')
+                        return (-1);
+                /* option letter unknown or ':' */
+                if (!*place)
+                        ++optind;
+                if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                        warnx(illoptchar, optchar);
+                optopt = optchar;
+                return (BADCH);
+        }
+        if (long_options != NULL && optchar == 'W' && oli[1] == ';') {
+                /* -W long-option */
+                if (*place)                     /* no space */
+                        /* NOTHING */;
+                else if (++optind >= nargc) {   /* no arg */
+                        place = EMSG;
+                        if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                                warnx(recargchar, optchar);
+                        optopt = optchar;
+                        return (BADARG);
+                } else                          /* white space */
+                        place = nargv[optind];
+                optchar = parse_long_options(nargv, options, long_options,
+                    idx, 0);
+                place = EMSG;
+                return (optchar);
+        }
+        if (*++oli != ':') {                    /* doesn't take argument */
+                if (!*place)
+                        ++optind;
+        } else {                                /* takes (optional) argument */
+                optarg = NULL;
+                if (*place)                     /* no white space */
+                        optarg = place;
+                /* XXX: disable test for :: if PC? (GNU doesn't) */
+                else if (oli[1] != ':') {       /* arg not optional */
+                        if (++optind >= nargc) {        /* no arg */
+                                place = EMSG;
+                                if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                                        warnx(recargchar, optchar);
+                                optopt = optchar;
+                                return (BADARG);
+                        } else
+                                optarg = nargv[optind];
+                }
+                place = EMSG;
+                ++optind;
+        }
+        /* dump back option letter */
+        return (optchar);
+}
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_GETOPT
+/*
+ * getopt --
+ *      Parse argc/argv argument vector.
+ *
+ * [eventually this will replace the BSD getopt]
+ */
+int
+getopt(int nargc, char * const *nargv, const char *options)
+{
+
+        /*
+         * We dont' pass FLAG_PERMUTE to getopt_internal() since
+         * the BSD getopt(3) (unlike GNU) has never done this.
+         *
+         * Furthermore, since many privileged programs call getopt()
+         * before dropping privileges it makes sense to keep things
+         * as simple (and bug-free) as possible.
+         */
+        return (getopt_internal(nargc, nargv, options, NULL, NULL, 0));
+}
+#endif /* REPLACE_GETOPT */
+
+/*
+ * getopt_long --
+ *      Parse argc/argv argument vector.
+ */
+int
+getopt_long(nargc, nargv, options, long_options, idx)
+        int nargc;
+        char * const *nargv;
+        const char *options;
+        const struct option *long_options;
+        int *idx;
+{
+
+        return (getopt_internal(nargc, nargv, options, long_options, idx,
+            FLAG_PERMUTE));
+}
+
+/*
+ * getopt_long_only --
+ *      Parse argc/argv argument vector.
+ */
+int
+getopt_long_only(nargc, nargv, options, long_options, idx)
+        int nargc;
+        char * const *nargv;
+        const char *options;
+        const struct option *long_options;
+        int *idx;
+{
+
+        return (getopt_internal(nargc, nargv, options, long_options, idx,
+            FLAG_PERMUTE|FLAG_LONGONLY));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2d8641016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: getsubopt.3,v 1.6 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"     This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"     California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getsubopt.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt GETSUBOPT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getsubopt
+.Nd get sub options from an argument
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Vt extern char *suboptarg;
+.Ft int
+.Fn getsubopt "char **optionp" "char * const *tokens" "char **valuep"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getsubopt
+function parses a string containing tokens delimited by one or more
+tab, space or comma
+.Pq Ql \&,
+characters.
+It is intended for use in parsing groups of option arguments provided
+as part of a utility command line.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa optionp
+is a pointer to a pointer to the string.
+The argument
+.Fa tokens
+is a pointer to a null-terminated array of pointers to strings.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getsubopt
+function returns the zero-based offset of the pointer in the
+.Fa tokens
+array referencing a string which matches the first token
+in the string, or \-1 if the string contains no tokens or
+.Fa tokens
+does not contain a matching string.
+.Pp
+If the token is of the form
+.Ar name Ns No = Ns Ar value ,
+the location referenced by
+.Fa valuep
+will be set to point to the start of the
+.Dq value
+portion of the token.
+.Pp
+On return from
+.Fn getsubopt ,
+.Fa optionp
+will be set to point to the start of the next token in the string,
+or the null at the end of the string if no more tokens are present.
+The external variable
+.Fa suboptarg
+will be set to point to the start of the current token, or
+.Dv NULL
+if no tokens were present.
+The argument
+.Fa valuep
+will be set to point to the value portion of the token, or
+.Dv NULL
+if no value portion was present.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bd -literal -compact
+char *tokens[] = {
+        #define ONE     0
+                "one",
+        #define TWO     1
+                "two",
+        NULL
+};
+
+\&...
+
+extern char *optarg, *suboptarg;
+char *options, *value;
+
+while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ab:")) != \-1) {
+        switch(ch) {
+        case 'a':
+                /* process ``a'' option */
+                break;
+        case 'b':
+                options = optarg;
+                while (*options) {
+                        switch(getsubopt(&options, tokens, &value)) {
+                        case ONE:
+                                /* process ``one'' sub option */
+                                break;
+                        case TWO:
+                                /* process ``two'' sub option */
+                                if (!value)
+                                        error("no value for two");
+                                i = atoi(value);
+                                break;
+                        case \-1:
+                                if (suboptarg)
+                                        error("illegal sub option %s",
+                                          suboptarg);
+                                else
+                                        error("missing sub option");
+                                break;
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getopt 3 ,
+.Xr strsep 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getsubopt
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1667a31d7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: getsubopt.c,v 1.1 1997/08/20 04:02:17 millert Exp $   */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *      This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getsubopt.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: getsubopt.c,v 1.1 1997/08/20 04:02:17 millert Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ * The SVID interface to getsubopt provides no way of figuring out which
+ * part of the suboptions list wasn't matched.  This makes error messages
+ * tricky...  The extern variable suboptarg is a pointer to the token
+ * which didn't match.
+ */
+char *suboptarg;
+
+int
+getsubopt(optionp, tokens, valuep)
+        register char **optionp, **valuep;
+        register char * const *tokens;
+{
+        register int cnt;
+        register char *p;
+
+        suboptarg = *valuep = NULL;
+
+        if (!optionp || !*optionp)
+                return(-1);
+
+        /* skip leading white-space, commas */
+        for (p = *optionp; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p);
+
+        if (!*p) {
+                *optionp = p;
+                return(-1);
+        }
+
+        /* save the start of the token, and skip the rest of the token. */
+        for (suboptarg = p;
+            *++p && *p != ',' && *p != '=' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t';);
+
+        if (*p) {
+                /*
+                 * If there's an equals sign, set the value pointer, and
+                 * skip over the value part of the token.  Terminate the
+                 * token.
+                 */
+                if (*p == '=') {
+                        *p = '\0';
+                        for (*valuep = ++p;
+                            *p && *p != ',' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t'; ++p);
+                        if (*p) 
+                                *p++ = '\0';
+                } else
+                        *p++ = '\0';
+                /* Skip any whitespace or commas after this token. */
+                for (; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p);
+        }
+
+        /* set optionp for next round. */
+        *optionp = p;
+
+        for (cnt = 0; *tokens; ++tokens, ++cnt)
+                if (!strcmp(suboptarg, *tokens))
+                        return(cnt);
+        return(-1);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/heapsort.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/heapsort.c
index bd998fa357..2770e5b977 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/heapsort.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/heapsort.c
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)heapsort.c  8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: heapsort.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: heapsort.c,v 1.3 2002/02/16 21:27:24 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -142,7 +141,7 @@ int
 heapsort(vbase, nmemb, size, compar)
         void *vbase;
         size_t nmemb, size;
-        int (*compar) __P((const void *, const void *));
+        int (*compar)(const void *, const void *);
 {
         register int cnt, i, j, l;
         register char tmp, *tmp1, *tmp2;
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b87adb87bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.3
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: insque.3,v 1.1 2003/05/08 23:26:30 millert Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 John Brezak
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. The name of the author may be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR `AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Dd August 12, 1993
+.Dt INSQUE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm insque ,
+.Nm remque
+.Nd insert/remove element from a queue
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <search.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn insque "void *elem" "void *pred"
+.Ft void
+.Fn remque "void *elem"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+These interfaces have been superceded by the
+.Xr queue 3
+macros and are provided for compatibility with legacy code.
+.Ef
+.Pp
+.Fn insque
+and
+.Fn remque
+manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists.
+The queue can be either circular or linear.
+Each element in the queue must be of the following form:
+.Bd -literal
+struct qelem {
+    struct qelem   *q_forw;
+    struct qelem   *q_back;
+    char            q_data[];
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The first two elements in the struct must be pointers of the
+same type that point to the previous and next elements in
+the queue respectively.
+Any subsequent data in the struct is application-dependent.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn insque
+function inserts
+.Fa elem
+into a queue immediately after
+.Fa pred .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn remque
+function removes
+.Fa elem
+from the queue.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+These functions are not atomic unless that machine architecture allows it.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr queue 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn lsearch 
+and
+.Fn lfind
+functions conform to the
+.St -p1003.1-01
+and 
+.St -xpg4.3 .   
+specifications.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn insque
+and
+.Fn remque
+functions are derived from the insque and remque instructions on a
+.Tn VAX .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..549246c71f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: insque.c,v 1.1 2003/05/08 23:26:30 millert Exp $      */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1993 John Brezak
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ * 
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *  3. The name of the author may be used to endorse or promote products
+ *     derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR `AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ * ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: insque.c,v 1.1 2003/05/08 23:26:30 millert Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <search.h>
+
+struct qelem {
+        struct qelem *q_forw;
+        struct qelem *q_back;
+};
+
+void
+insque(void *entry, void *pred)
+{
+        struct qelem *e = (struct qelem *) entry;
+        struct qelem *p = (struct qelem *) pred;
+
+        e->q_forw = p->q_forw;
+        e->q_back = p;
+        p->q_forw->q_back = e;
+        p->q_forw = e;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/jrand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/jrand48.c
index 205781e0ee..99cddb71e5 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/jrand48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/jrand48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: jrand48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:33 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 long
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/l64a.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/l64a.c
index 3069b31bf6..4e99391254 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/l64a.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/l64a.c
@@ -4,13 +4,14 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static char *rcsid = "$NetBSD: l64a.c,v 1.4 1995/05/11 23:04:52 jtc Exp $";
-#endif
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: l64a.c,v 1.3 1997/08/17 22:58:34 millert Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
+#include <errno.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 char *
-l64a (value)
+l64a(value)
         long value;
 {
         static char buf[8];
@@ -18,8 +19,10 @@ l64a (value)
         int digit;
         int i;
 
-        if (!value) 
-                return NULL;
+        if (value < 0) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return(NULL);
+        }
 
         for (i = 0; value != 0 && i < 6; i++) {
                 digit = value & 0x3f;
@@ -39,5 +42,5 @@ l64a (value)
 
         *s = '\0';
 
-        return buf;
+        return(buf);
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.3
index 28e4d2053c..fe39ca24dc 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)labs.3        5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: labs.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: labs.3,v 1.5 2000/04/20 13:50:02 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt LABS 3
@@ -49,19 +48,17 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn labs
-function
-returns the absolute value of the long integer
-.Ar j .
+function returns the absolute value of the long integer
+.Fa j .
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr abs 3 ,
-.Xr floor 3 ,
 .Xr cabs 3 ,
+.Xr floor 3 ,
 .Xr math 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn labs
-function
-conforms to
+function conforms to
 .St -ansiC .
 .Sh BUGS
 The absolute value of the most negative integer remains negative.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.c
index ccf1415792..f20e2c29be 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)labs.c       5.2 (Berkeley) 5/17/90";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: labs.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:17 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: labs.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:34 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lcong48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lcong48.c
index 965d46b17a..44bd74e48a 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lcong48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lcong48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: lcong48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:35 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.3
index a7b5ccf878..b5301b1b21 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)ldiv.3        5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: ldiv.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: ldiv.3,v 1.5 2000/04/20 13:50:02 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt LDIV 3
@@ -49,24 +48,22 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn ldiv
-function
-computes the value
-.Ar num/denom
+function computes the value
+.Fa num Ns No / Ns Fa denom
 and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named
-.Ar ldiv_t
+.Li ldiv_t
 that contains two
-.Em long integer
+.Li long integer
 members named
-.Ar quot
+.Fa quot
 and
-.Ar rem .
+.Fa rem .
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr div 3 ,
-.Xr qdiv 3 ,
-.Xr math 3
+.Xr math 3 ,
+.Xr qdiv 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn ldiv
-function
-conforms to
+function conforms to
 .St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.c
index f7074507e5..908c2bf0aa 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.c
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)ldiv.c       5.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: ldiv.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: ldiv.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:35 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>             /* ldiv_t */
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lrand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lrand48.c
index 8e7f26237f..6b7524a51b 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lrand48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lrand48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: lrand48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:36 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realloc.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.3
index 66f09b2081..3e17d131e4 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realloc.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.3
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 .\"
 .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
@@ -29,72 +29,79 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)realloc.3     5.1 (Berkeley) 5/2/91
-.\"     $Id: realloc.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     @(#)lsearch.3   8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
 .\"
-.Dd May 2, 1991
-.Dt REALLOC 3
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt LSEARCH 3
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
-.Nm realloc
-.Nd reallocation of memory function
+.Nm lsearch ,
+.Nm lfind
+.Nd linear searching routines
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
-.Ft void *
-.Fn realloc "void *ptr" "size_t size"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn lsearch "const void *key" "const void *base" "size_t *nelp" "size_t width" "int (*compar)(void *, void *)"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn lfind "const void *key" "const void *base" "size_t *nelp" "size_t width" "int (*compar)(void *, void *)"
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
+The functions
+.Fn lsearch ,
+and
+.Fn lfind
+provide basic linear searching functionality.
+.Pp
+.Fa base
+is the pointer to the beginning of an array.
+The argument
+.Fa nelp
+is the current number of elements in the array, where each element
+is
+.Fa width
+bytes long.
 The
-.Fn realloc
-function changes the size of the object pointed to by
-.Fa ptr
-to the size specified by
-.Fa size .
-The contents of the object are unchanged up to the lesser
-of the new and old sizes.
-If the new size is larger, the value of the newly allocated portion
-of the object is indeterminate.
-If
-.Fa ptr
-is a null pointer, the
-.Fn realloc
-function behaves like the
-.Xr malloc 3
-function for the specified size.
-Otherwise, if
-.Fa ptr
-does not match a pointer earlier returned by the
-.Xr calloc 3 ,
-.Xr malloc 3 ,
-or 
-.Fn realloc
-function, or if the space has been deallocated
-by a call to the
-.Xr free
-or
-.Fn realloc
-function, unpredictable and usually detrimental
-behavior will occur.
-If the space cannot be allocated, the object 
-pointed to by
-.Fa ptr
-is unchanged.
-If
-.Fa size
-is zero and
-.Fa ptr
-is not a null pointer, the object it points to is freed.
+.Fa compar
+function
+is a comparison routine which is used to compare two elements.
+It takes two arguments which point to the
+.Fa key
+object and to an array member, in that order, and must return an integer
+less than, equivalent to, or greater than zero if the
+.Fa key
+object is considered, respectively, to be less than, equal to, or greater
+than the array member.
 .Pp
 The
-.Fn realloc
-function returns either a null pointer or a pointer
-to the possibly moved allocated space.
+.Fn lsearch
+and
+.Fn lfind
+functions
+return a pointer into the array referenced by
+.Fa base
+where
+.Fa key
+is located.
+If
+.Fa key
+does not exist,
+.Fn lfind
+will return a null pointer and
+.Fn lsearch
+will add it to the array.
+When an element is added to the array by
+.Fn lsearch
+the location referenced by the argument
+.Fa nelp
+is incremented by one.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr alloca 3 ,
-.Xr calloc 3 ,
-.Xr free 3 ,
-.Xr malloc 3 ,
+.Xr bsearch 3 ,
+.Xr db 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
-.Fn realloc
-function conforms to
-.St -ansiC .
+.Fn lsearch
+and
+.Fn lfind
+functions conform to the
+.St -p1003.1-01
+and
+.St -xpg4.3 .
+specifications.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba0aad3cfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Roger L. Snyder.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *      This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lsearch.c   8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <search.h>
+
+typedef int (*cmp_fn_t)(const void *, const void *);
+static void *linear_base(const void *, const void *, size_t *, size_t,
+    cmp_fn_t, int);
+
+void *
+lsearch(const void *key, const void *base, size_t *nelp, size_t width,
+        cmp_fn_t compar)
+{
+
+        return(linear_base(key, base, nelp, width, compar, 1));
+}
+
+void *
+lfind(const void *key, const void *base, size_t *nelp, size_t width,
+        cmp_fn_t compar)
+{
+        return(linear_base(key, base, nelp, width, compar, 0));
+}
+
+static void *
+linear_base(const void *key, const void *base, size_t *nelp, size_t width,
+        cmp_fn_t compar, int add_flag)
+{
+        const char *element, *end;
+
+        end = (const char *)base + *nelp * width;
+        for (element = base; element < end; element += width)
+                if (!compar(key, element))              /* key found */
+                        return((void *)element);
+
+        if (!add_flag)                                  /* key not found */
+                return(NULL);
+
+        /*
+         * The UNIX System User's Manual, 1986 edition claims that
+         * a NULL pointer is returned by lsearch with errno set
+         * appropriately, if there is not enough room in the table
+         * to add a new item.  This can't be done as none of these
+         * routines have any method of determining the size of the
+         * table.  This comment isn't in the 1986-87 System V
+         * manual.
+         */
+        ++*nelp;
+        memcpy((void *)end, key, width);
+        return((void *)end);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3
index 3bbf2bf65e..4e31ad4355 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 .\"
 .\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
 .\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
@@ -33,19 +34,32 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)malloc.3      6.7 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: malloc.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: malloc.3,v 1.25 2003/01/21 19:59:09 jmc Exp $
 .\"
-.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dd August 27, 1996
 .Dt MALLOC 3
-.Os BSD 4
+.Os
 .Sh NAME
-.Nm malloc
-.Nd general memory allocation function
+.Nm malloc ,
+.Nm calloc ,
+.Nm realloc ,
+.Nm free ,
+.Nm cfree
+.Nd memory allocation and deallocation
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
 .Ft void *
 .Fn malloc "size_t size"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn calloc "size_t nmemb" "size_t size"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn realloc "void *ptr" "size_t size"
+.Ft void
+.Fn free "void *ptr"
+.Ft void
+.Fn cfree "void *ptr"
+.Ft char *
+.Va malloc_options
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn malloc
@@ -59,33 +73,347 @@ space from the appropriate list.
 .Pp
 The allocated space is
 suitably aligned (after possible pointer
-coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is of
+coercion) for storage of any type of object.
+If the space is of
 .Em pagesize
 or larger, the memory returned will be page-aligned.
+.Pp
+Allocation of a zero size object returns a pointer to a zero size object.
+This zero size object is access protected, so any access to it will
+generate an exception (SIGSEGV).
+Many zero-sized objects can be placed consecutively in shared
+protected pages.
+The minimum size of the protection on each object is suitably aligned and
+sized as previously stated, but the protection may extend further depending
+on where in a protected zone the object lands.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn calloc
+function allocates space for an array of
+.Fa nmemb
+objects, each of whose size is
+.Fa size .
+The space is initialized to all bits zero.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn free
+function causes the space pointed to by
+.Fa ptr
+to be deallocated, that is, at least made available for further allocation,
+but if possible, it will passed back to the kernel with
+.Xr sbrk 2 .
+If
+.Fa ptr
+is a null pointer, no action occurs.
+.Pp
+A
+.Fn cfree
+function is also provided for compatibility with old systems and other
+.Nm malloc
+libraries; it is simply an alias for
+.Fn free .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn realloc
+function changes the size of the object pointed to by
+.Fa ptr
+to
+.Fa size
+bytes and returns a pointer to the (possibly moved) object.
+The contents of the object are unchanged up to the lesser
+of the new and old sizes.
+If the new size is larger, the value of the newly allocated portion
+of the object is indeterminate and uninitialized.
+If
+.Fa ptr
+is a null pointer, the
+.Fn realloc
+function behaves like the
+.Fn malloc
+function for the specified size.
+If the space cannot be allocated, the object
+pointed to by
+.Fa ptr
+is unchanged.
+If
+.Fa size
+is zero and
+.Fa ptr
+is not a null pointer, the object it points to is freed and a new zero size
+object is returned.
+.Pp
+When using
+.Fn realloc
+one must be careful to avoid the following idiom:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if ((p = realloc(p, nsize)) == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In most cases, this will result in a leak of memory.
+As stated earlier, a return value of
+.Dv NULL
+indicates that the old object still remains allocated.
+Better code looks like this:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if ((p2 = realloc(p, nsize)) == NULL) {
+        if (p)
+                free(p);
+        p = NULL;
+        return NULL;
+}
+p = p2;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Malloc will first look for a symbolic link called
+.Pa /etc/malloc.conf
+and next check the environment for a variable called
+.Ev MALLOC_OPTIONS
+and finally for the global variable
+.Va malloc_options
+and scan them for flags in that order.
+Flags are single letters, uppercase means on, lowercase means off.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Cm A
+.Dq Abort .
+.Fn malloc
+will coredump the process, rather than tolerate failure.
+This is a very handy debugging aid, since the core file will represent the
+time of failure, rather than when the null pointer was accessed.
+.Pp
+.It Cm D
+.Dq Dump .
+.Fn malloc
+will dump statistics in a file called
+.Pa malloc.out
+at exit.
+This option requires the library to have been compiled with -DMALLOC_STATS in
+order to have any effect.
+.Pp
+.It Cm J
+.Dq Junk .
+Fill some junk into the area allocated.
+Currently junk is bytes of 0xd0; this is pronounced
+.Dq Duh .
+\&:-)
+.Pp
+.It Cm H
+.Dq Hint .
+Pass a hint to the kernel about pages we don't use.
+If the machine is paging a lot this may help a bit.
+.Pp
+.It Cm N
+Do not output warning messages when encountering possible corruption
+or bad pointers.
+.Pp
+.It Cm R
+.Dq realloc .
+Always reallocate when
+.Fn realloc
+is called, even if the initial allocation was big enough.
+This can substantially aid in compacting memory.
+.\".Pp
+.\".It Cm U
+.\".Dq utrace .
+.\"Generate entries for
+.\".Xr ktrace 1
+.\"for all operations.
+.\"Consult the source for this one.
+.Pp
+.It Cm X
+.Dq xmalloc .
+Rather than return failure,
+.Xr abort 3
+the program with a diagnostic message on stderr.
+It is the intention that this option be set at compile time by
+including in the source:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+extern char *malloc_options;
+malloc_options = "X";
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.It Cm Z
+.Dq Zero .
+Fill some junk into the area allocated (see
+.Cm J ) ,
+except for the exact length the user asked for, which is zeroed.
+.Pp
+.It Cm <
+.Dq Half the cache size .
+Reduce the size of the cache by a factor of two.
+.Pp
+.It Cm >
+.Dq Double the cache size .
+Double the size of the cache by a factor of two.
+.El
+.Pp
+So to set a systemwide reduction of cache size and coredumps on problems
+one would:
+.Li ln -s 'A<' /etc/malloc.conf
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm J
+and
+.Cm Z
+flags are mostly for testing and debugging.
+If a program changes behavior if either of these options are used,
+it is buggy.
+.Pp
+The default cache size is 16 pages.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+See above.
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
 The
 .Fn malloc
-function returns
-a pointer to the allocated space if successful; otherwise
-a null pointer is returned.
+and
+.Fn calloc
+functions return a pointer to the allocated space if successful; otherwise,
+a null pointer is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er ENOMEM .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn free
+and
+.Fn cfree
+functions return no value.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn realloc
+function returns a pointer to the (possibly moved) allocated space
+if successful; otherwise, a null pointer is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er ENOMEM .
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+If
+.Fn malloc ,
+.Fn calloc ,
+.Fn realloc ,
+or
+.Fn free
+detect an error or warning condition,
+a message will be printed to file descriptor
+2 (not using stdio).
+Errors will always result in the process being
+.Xr abort 3 'ed.
+If the
+.Cm A
+option has been specified, warnings will also
+.Xr abort 3
+the process.
+.Pp
+Here is a brief description of the error messages and what they mean:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Dq (ES): mumble mumble mumble
+.Fn malloc
+has been compiled with
+.Dv \&-DEXTRA_SANITY
+and something looks fishy in there.
+Consult sources and/or wizards.
+.It Dq allocation failed
+If the
+.Cm A
+option is specified it is an error for
+.Fn malloc ,
+.Fn calloc ,
+or
+.Fn realloc
+to return
+.Dv NULL .
+.It Dq mmap(2) failed, check limits.
+This is a rather weird condition that is most likely to indicate a
+seriously overloaded system or a
+.Xr ulimit 1
+restriction.
+.It Dq freelist is destroyed.
+.Fn malloc Ns 's
+internal freelist has been stomped on.
+.El
+.Pp
+Here is a brief description of the warning messages and what they mean:
+.Bl -tag -width Fl
+.It Dq chunk/page is already free.
+A pointer to a free chunk is attempted freed again.
+.It Dq junk pointer, too high to make sense.
+The pointer doesn't make sense.
+It's above the area of memory that
+.Fn malloc
+knows something about.
+This could be a pointer from some
+.Xr mmap 2 'ed
+memory.
+.It Dq junk pointer, too low to make sense.
+The pointer doesn't make sense.
+It's below the area of memory that
+.Fn malloc
+knows something about.
+This pointer probably came from your data or bss segments.
+.It Dq malloc() has never been called.
+Nothing has ever been allocated, yet something is being freed or
+realloc'ed.
+.It Dq modified (chunk-/page-) pointer.
+The pointer passed to free or realloc has been modified.
+.It Dq pointer to wrong page.
+The pointer that
+.Fn malloc
+is trying to free is not pointing to
+a sensible page.
+.It Dq recursive call.
+An attempt was made to call recursively into these functions, i.e., from a
+signal handler.
+This behavior is not supported.
+In particular, signal handlers should
+.Em not
+use any of the
+.Fn malloc
+functions nor utilize any other functions which may call
+.Fn malloc
+(e.g.,
+.Xr stdio 3
+routines).
+.It Dq unknown char in MALLOC_OPTIONS
+We found something we didn't understand.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width "/etc/malloc.conf"
+.It Pa /etc/malloc.conf
+symbolic link to filename containing option flags
+.El
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr brk 2 ,
-.Xr getpagesize 2 ,
-.Xr free 3 ,
-.Xr calloc 3 ,
 .Xr alloca 3 ,
-.Xr realloc 3 ,
+.Xr getpagesize 3 ,
 .Xr memory 3
+.Pa /usr/share/doc/papers/malloc.ascii.gz
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn malloc
 function conforms to
 .St -ansiC .
-.Sh BUGS
-The current implementation of
-.Xr malloc
-does not always fail gracefully when system
-memory limits are approached.
-It may fail to allocate memory when larger free blocks could be broken
-up, or when limits are exceeded because the size is rounded up.
-It is optimized for sizes that are powers of two.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The present implementation of
+.Fn malloc
+started out as a filesystem on a drum
+attached to a 20-bit binary challenged computer built with discrete germanium
+transistors, and it has since graduated to handle primary storage rather than
+secondary.
+.Pp
+The main difference from other
+.Fn malloc
+implementations are believed to be that
+the free pages are not accessed until allocated.
+Most
+.Fn malloc
+implementations will store a data structure containing a,
+possibly double-, linked list in the free chunks of memory, used to tie
+all the free memory together.
+That is a quite suboptimal thing to do.
+Every time the free-list is traversed, all the otherwise unused, and very
+likely paged out, pages get faulted into primary memory, just to see what
+lies after them in the list.
+.Pp
+On systems which are paging, this can make a factor five in difference on the
+page-faults of a process.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.c
index 3c57fad024..c8aef635d4 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.c
@@ -1,421 +1,1287 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *      This product includes software developed by the University of
- *      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * "THE BEER-WARE LICENSE" (Revision 42):
+ * <phk@FreeBSD.ORG> wrote this file.  As long as you retain this notice you
+ * can do whatever you want with this stuff. If we meet some day, and you think
+ * this stuff is worth it, you can buy me a beer in return.   Poul-Henning Kamp
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)malloc.c     5.11 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: malloc.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: malloc.c,v 1.54 2003/01/14 02:27:16 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 /*
- * malloc.c (Caltech) 2/21/82
- * Chris Kingsley, kingsley@cit-20.
- *
- * This is a very fast storage allocator.  It allocates blocks of a small 
- * number of different sizes, and keeps free lists of each size.  Blocks that
- * don't exactly fit are passed up to the next larger size.  In this 
- * implementation, the available sizes are 2^n-4 (or 2^n-10) bytes long.
- * This is designed for use in a virtual memory environment.
+ * Defining MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY will enable extra checks which are
+ * related to internal conditions and consistency in malloc.c. This has
+ * a noticeable runtime performance hit, and generally will not do you
+ * any good unless you fiddle with the internals of malloc or want
+ * to catch random pointer corruption as early as possible.
+ */
+#ifndef MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY
+#undef MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Defining MALLOC_STATS will enable you to call malloc_dump() and set
+ * the [dD] options in the MALLOC_OPTIONS environment variable.
+ * It has no run-time performance hit, but does pull in stdio...
+ */
+#ifndef MALLOC_STATS
+#undef MALLOC_STATS
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * What to use for Junk.  This is the byte value we use to fill with
+ * when the 'J' option is enabled.
  */
+#define SOME_JUNK       0xd0            /* as in "Duh" :-) */
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "thread_private.h"
 
-#define NULL 0
+/*
+ * The basic parameters you can tweak.
+ *
+ * malloc_pageshift     pagesize = 1 << malloc_pageshift
+ *                      It's probably best if this is the native
+ *                      page size, but it shouldn't have to be.
+ *
+ * malloc_minsize       minimum size of an allocation in bytes.
+ *                      If this is too small it's too much work
+ *                      to manage them.  This is also the smallest
+ *                      unit of alignment used for the storage
+ *                      returned by malloc/realloc.
+ *
+ */
 
-static void morecore();
-static int findbucket();
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && defined(__sparc__)
+#   define    malloc_pageshift  13U
+#endif /* __OpenBSD__ */
 
 /*
- * The overhead on a block is at least 4 bytes.  When free, this space
- * contains a pointer to the next free block, and the bottom two bits must
- * be zero.  When in use, the first byte is set to MAGIC, and the second
- * byte is the size index.  The remaining bytes are for alignment.
- * If range checking is enabled then a second word holds the size of the
- * requested block, less 1, rounded up to a multiple of sizeof(RMAGIC).
- * The order of elements is critical: ov_magic must overlay the low order
- * bits of ov_next, and ov_magic can not be a valid ov_next bit pattern.
+ * No user serviceable parts behind this point.
+ *
+ * This structure describes a page worth of chunks.
  */
-union   overhead {
-        union   overhead *ov_next;      /* when free */
-        struct {
-                u_char  ovu_magic;      /* magic number */
-                u_char  ovu_index;      /* bucket # */
-#ifdef RCHECK
-                u_short ovu_rmagic;     /* range magic number */
-                u_long  ovu_size;       /* actual block size */
-#endif
-        } ovu;
-#define ov_magic        ovu.ovu_magic
-#define ov_index        ovu.ovu_index
-#define ov_rmagic       ovu.ovu_rmagic
-#define ov_size         ovu.ovu_size
+
+struct pginfo {
+    struct pginfo       *next;  /* next on the free list */
+    void                *page;  /* Pointer to the page */
+    u_short             size;   /* size of this page's chunks */
+    u_short             shift;  /* How far to shift for this size chunks */
+    u_short             free;   /* How many free chunks */
+    u_short             total;  /* How many chunk */
+    u_long              bits[1]; /* Which chunks are free */
 };
 
-#define MAGIC           0xef            /* magic # on accounting info */
-#define RMAGIC          0x5555          /* magic # on range info */
+/*
+ * This structure describes a number of free pages.
+ */
+
+struct pgfree {
+    struct pgfree       *next;  /* next run of free pages */
+    struct pgfree       *prev;  /* prev run of free pages */
+    void                *page;  /* pointer to free pages */
+    void                *end;   /* pointer to end of free pages */
+    u_long              size;   /* number of bytes free */
+};
 
-#ifdef RCHECK
-#define RSLOP           sizeof (u_short)
+/*
+ * How many bits per u_long in the bitmap.
+ * Change only if not 8 bits/byte
+ */
+#define MALLOC_BITS     (8*sizeof(u_long))
+
+/*
+ * Magic values to put in the page_directory
+ */
+#define MALLOC_NOT_MINE ((struct pginfo*) 0)
+#define MALLOC_FREE     ((struct pginfo*) 1)
+#define MALLOC_FIRST    ((struct pginfo*) 2)
+#define MALLOC_FOLLOW   ((struct pginfo*) 3)
+#define MALLOC_MAGIC    ((struct pginfo*) 4)
+
+#ifndef malloc_pageshift
+#define malloc_pageshift                (PGSHIFT)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef malloc_minsize
+#define malloc_minsize                  16U
+#endif
+
+#ifndef malloc_pageshift
+#error  "malloc_pageshift undefined"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(malloc_pagesize)
+#define malloc_pagesize                 (1UL<<malloc_pageshift)
+#endif
+
+#if ((1UL<<malloc_pageshift) != malloc_pagesize)
+#error  "(1UL<<malloc_pageshift) != malloc_pagesize"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef malloc_maxsize
+#define malloc_maxsize                  ((malloc_pagesize)>>1)
+#endif
+
+/* A mask for the offset inside a page.  */
+#define malloc_pagemask ((malloc_pagesize)-1)
+
+#define pageround(foo) (((foo) + (malloc_pagemask))&(~(malloc_pagemask)))
+#define ptr2index(foo) (((u_long)(foo) >> malloc_pageshift)-malloc_origo)
+
+/* fd of /dev/zero */
+#ifdef USE_DEV_ZERO
+static int fdzero;
+#define MMAP_FD fdzero
+#define INIT_MMAP() \
+        { if ((fdzero=open("/dev/zero", O_RDWR, 0000)) == -1) \
+            wrterror("open of /dev/zero"); }
 #else
-#define RSLOP           0
+#define MMAP_FD (-1)
+#define INIT_MMAP()
 #endif
 
+/* Set when initialization has been done */
+static unsigned int malloc_started;
+
+/* Number of free pages we cache */
+static unsigned int malloc_cache = 16;
+
+/* The offset from pagenumber to index into the page directory */
+static u_long malloc_origo;
+
+/* The last index in the page directory we care about */
+static u_long last_index;
+
+/* Pointer to page directory. Allocated "as if with" malloc */
+static struct   pginfo **page_dir;
+
+/* How many slots in the page directory */
+static size_t   malloc_ninfo;
+
+/* Free pages line up here */
+static struct pgfree free_list;
+
+/* Abort(), user doesn't handle problems.  */
+static int malloc_abort;
+
+/* Are we trying to die ?  */
+static int suicide;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+/* dump statistics */
+static int malloc_stats;
+#endif
+
+/* avoid outputting warnings?  */
+static int malloc_silent;
+
+/* always realloc ?  */
+static int malloc_realloc;
+
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || (defined(__OpenBSD__) && defined(MADV_FREE))
+/* pass the kernel a hint on free pages ?  */
+static int malloc_hint;
+#endif
+
+/* xmalloc behaviour ?  */
+static int malloc_xmalloc;
+
+/* zero fill ?  */
+static int malloc_zero;
+
+/* junk fill ?  */
+static int malloc_junk;
+
+#ifdef __FreeBSD__
+/* utrace ?  */
+static int malloc_utrace;
+
+struct ut { void *p; size_t s; void *r; };
+
+void utrace(struct ut *, int);
+
+#define UTRACE(a, b, c) \
+        if (malloc_utrace) \
+                {struct ut u; u.p=a; u.s = b; u.r=c; utrace(&u, sizeof u);}
+#else /* !__FreeBSD__ */
+#define UTRACE(a,b,c)
+#endif
+
+/* my last break. */
+static void *malloc_brk;
+
+/* one location cache for free-list holders */
+static struct pgfree *px;
+
+/* compile-time options */
+char *malloc_options;
+
+/* Name of the current public function */
+static char *malloc_func;
+
+/* Macro for mmap */
+#define MMAP(size) \
+        mmap((void *)0, (size), PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_ANON|MAP_PRIVATE, \
+            MMAP_FD, (off_t)0);
+
 /*
- * nextf[i] is the pointer to the next free block of size 2^(i+3).  The
- * smallest allocatable block is 8 bytes.  The overhead information
- * precedes the data area returned to the user.
+ * Necessary function declarations
  */
-#define NBUCKETS 30
-static  union overhead *nextf[NBUCKETS];
-extern  char *sbrk();
+static int extend_pgdir(u_long index);
+static void *imalloc(size_t size);
+static void ifree(void *ptr);
+static void *irealloc(void *ptr, size_t size);
+static void *malloc_bytes(size_t size);
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+void
+malloc_dump(fd)
+    FILE *fd;
+{
+    struct pginfo **pd;
+    struct pgfree *pf;
+    int j;
+
+    pd = page_dir;
+
+    /* print out all the pages */
+    for(j=0;j<=last_index;j++) {
+        fprintf(fd, "%08lx %5d ", (j+malloc_origo) << malloc_pageshift, j);
+        if (pd[j] == MALLOC_NOT_MINE) {
+            for(j++;j<=last_index && pd[j] == MALLOC_NOT_MINE;j++)
+                ;
+            j--;
+            fprintf(fd, ".. %5d not mine\n",    j);
+        } else if (pd[j] == MALLOC_FREE) {
+            for(j++;j<=last_index && pd[j] == MALLOC_FREE;j++)
+                ;
+            j--;
+            fprintf(fd, ".. %5d free\n", j);
+        } else if (pd[j] == MALLOC_FIRST) {
+            for(j++;j<=last_index && pd[j] == MALLOC_FOLLOW;j++)
+                ;
+            j--;
+            fprintf(fd, ".. %5d in use\n", j);
+        } else if (pd[j] < MALLOC_MAGIC) {
+            fprintf(fd, "(%p)\n", pd[j]);
+        } else {
+            fprintf(fd, "%p %d (of %d) x %d @ %p --> %p\n",
+                pd[j], pd[j]->free, pd[j]->total,
+                pd[j]->size, pd[j]->page, pd[j]->next);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for(pf=free_list.next; pf; pf=pf->next) {
+        fprintf(fd, "Free: @%p [%p...%p[ %ld ->%p <-%p\n",
+                pf, pf->page, pf->end, pf->size, pf->prev, pf->next);
+        if (pf == pf->next) {
+                fprintf(fd, "Free_list loops.\n");
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* print out various info */
+    fprintf(fd, "Minsize\t%d\n", malloc_minsize);
+    fprintf(fd, "Maxsize\t%d\n", malloc_maxsize);
+    fprintf(fd, "Pagesize\t%lu\n", (u_long)malloc_pagesize);
+    fprintf(fd, "Pageshift\t%d\n", malloc_pageshift);
+    fprintf(fd, "FirstPage\t%ld\n", malloc_origo);
+    fprintf(fd, "LastPage\t%ld %lx\n", last_index+malloc_pageshift,
+        (last_index + malloc_pageshift) << malloc_pageshift);
+    fprintf(fd, "Break\t%ld\n", (u_long)sbrk(0) >> malloc_pageshift);
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+extern char *__progname;
+
+static void
+wrterror(p)
+    char *p;
+{
+    char *q = " error: ";
+    struct iovec iov[4];
+
+    iov[0].iov_base = __progname;
+    iov[0].iov_len = strlen(__progname);
+    iov[1].iov_base = malloc_func;
+    iov[1].iov_len = strlen(malloc_func);
+    iov[2].iov_base = q;
+    iov[2].iov_len = strlen(q);
+    iov[3].iov_base = p;
+    iov[3].iov_len = strlen(p);
+    writev(STDERR_FILENO, iov, 4);
+
+    suicide = 1;
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+    if (malloc_stats)
+        malloc_dump(stderr);
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+    abort();
+}
+
+static void
+wrtwarning(p)
+    char *p;
+{
+    char *q = " warning: ";
+    struct iovec iov[4];
+
+    if (malloc_abort)
+        wrterror(p);
+    else if (malloc_silent)
+        return;
+
+    iov[0].iov_base = __progname;
+    iov[0].iov_len = strlen(__progname);
+    iov[1].iov_base = malloc_func;
+    iov[1].iov_len = strlen(malloc_func);
+    iov[2].iov_base = q;
+    iov[2].iov_len = strlen(q);
+    iov[3].iov_base = p;
+    iov[3].iov_len = strlen(p);
+    writev(STDERR_FILENO, iov, 4);
+}
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+static void
+malloc_exit()
+{
+    FILE *fd = fopen("malloc.out", "a");
+    char *q = "malloc() warning: Couldn't dump stats.\n";
+    if (fd) {
+        malloc_dump(fd);
+        fclose(fd);
+    } else
+        write(STDERR_FILENO, q, strlen(q));
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
 
-static  int pagesz;                     /* page size */
-static  int pagebucket;                 /* page size bucket */
 
-#ifdef MSTATS
 /*
- * nmalloc[i] is the difference between the number of mallocs and frees
- * for a given block size.
+ * Allocate a number of pages from the OS
  */
-static  u_int nmalloc[NBUCKETS];
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
+static void *
+map_pages(pages)
+    size_t pages;
+{
+    caddr_t result, tail;
 
-#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(RCHECK)
-#define ASSERT(p)   if (!(p)) botch("p")
-#include <stdio.h>
-static
-botch(s)
-        char *s;
+    result = (caddr_t)pageround((u_long)sbrk(0));
+    pages <<= malloc_pageshift;
+    if (pages > SIZE_T_MAX - (size_t)result) {
+#ifdef MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY
+        wrterror("(ES): overflow in map_pages fails\n");
+#endif /* MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY */
+        return 0;
+    }
+    tail = result + pages;
+
+    if (brk(tail)) {
+#ifdef MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY
+        wrterror("(ES): map_pages fails\n");
+#endif /* MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY */
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    last_index = ptr2index(tail) - 1;
+    malloc_brk = tail;
+
+    if ((last_index+1) >= malloc_ninfo && !extend_pgdir(last_index))
+        return 0;
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Extend page directory
+ */
+static int
+extend_pgdir(index)
+    u_long index;
 {
-        fprintf(stderr, "\r\nassertion botched: %s\r\n", s);
-        (void) fflush(stderr);          /* just in case user buffered it */
-        abort();
+    struct  pginfo **new, **old;
+    size_t i, oldlen;
+
+    /* Make it this many pages */
+    i = index * sizeof *page_dir;
+    i /= malloc_pagesize;
+    i += 2;
+
+    /* remember the old mapping size */
+    oldlen = malloc_ninfo * sizeof *page_dir;
+
+    /*
+     * NOTE: we allocate new pages and copy the directory rather than tempt
+     * fate by trying to "grow" the region.. There is nothing to prevent
+     * us from accidently re-mapping space that's been allocated by our caller
+     * via dlopen() or other mmap().
+     *
+     * The copy problem is not too bad, as there is 4K of page index per
+     * 4MB of malloc arena.
+     *
+     * We can totally avoid the copy if we open a file descriptor to associate
+     * the anon mappings with.  Then, when we remap the pages at the new
+     * address, the old pages will be "magically" remapped..  But this means
+     * keeping open a "secret" file descriptor.....
+     */
+
+    /* Get new pages */
+    new = (struct pginfo**) MMAP(i * malloc_pagesize);
+    if (new == MAP_FAILED)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* Copy the old stuff */
+    memcpy(new, page_dir,
+            malloc_ninfo * sizeof *page_dir);
+
+    /* register the new size */
+    malloc_ninfo = i * malloc_pagesize / sizeof *page_dir;
+
+    /* swap the pointers */
+    old = page_dir;
+    page_dir = new;
+
+    /* Now free the old stuff */
+    munmap(old, oldlen);
+    return 1;
 }
-#else
-#define ASSERT(p)
-#endif
 
-void *
-malloc(nbytes)
-        size_t nbytes;
+/*
+ * Initialize the world
+ */
+static void
+malloc_init ()
 {
-        register union overhead *op;
-        register long bucket, n;
-        register unsigned amt;
+    char *p, b[64];
+    int i, j;
+    int save_errno = errno;
 
-        /*
-         * First time malloc is called, setup page size and
-         * align break pointer so all data will be page aligned.
-         */
-        if (pagesz == 0) {
-                pagesz = n = getpagesize();
-                op = (union overhead *)sbrk(0);
-                n = n - sizeof (*op) - ((long)op & (n - 1));
-                if (n < 0)
-                        n += pagesz;
-                if (n) {
-                        if (sbrk(n) == (char *)-1)
-                                return (NULL);
-                }
-                bucket = 0;
-                amt = 8;
-                while (pagesz > amt) {
-                        amt <<= 1;
-                        bucket++;
-                }
-                pagebucket = bucket;
-        }
-        /*
-         * Convert amount of memory requested into closest block size
-         * stored in hash buckets which satisfies request.
-         * Account for space used per block for accounting.
-         */
-        if (nbytes <= (n = pagesz - sizeof (*op) - RSLOP)) {
-#ifndef RCHECK
-                amt = 8;        /* size of first bucket */
-                bucket = 0;
-#else
-                amt = 16;       /* size of first bucket */
-                bucket = 1;
-#endif
-                n = -((long)sizeof (*op) + RSLOP);
-        } else {
-                amt = pagesz;
-                bucket = pagebucket;
+    _MALLOC_LOCK_INIT();
+
+    INIT_MMAP();
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY
+    malloc_junk = 1;
+#endif /* MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+        if (i == 0) {
+            j = readlink("/etc/malloc.conf", b, sizeof b - 1);
+            if (j <= 0)
+                continue;
+            b[j] = '\0';
+            p = b;
+        } else if (i == 1) {
+            if (issetugid() == 0)
+                p = getenv("MALLOC_OPTIONS");
+            else
+                continue;
+        } else if (i == 2) {
+            p = malloc_options;
         }
-        while (nbytes > amt + n) {
-                amt <<= 1;
-                if (amt == 0)
-                        return (NULL);
-                bucket++;
+        for (; p && *p; p++) {
+            switch (*p) {
+                case '>': malloc_cache   <<= 1; break;
+                case '<': malloc_cache   >>= 1; break;
+                case 'a': malloc_abort   = 0; break;
+                case 'A': malloc_abort   = 1; break;
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+                case 'd': malloc_stats   = 0; break;
+                case 'D': malloc_stats   = 1; break;
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || (defined(__OpenBSD__) && defined(MADV_FREE))
+                case 'h': malloc_hint    = 0; break;
+                case 'H': malloc_hint    = 1; break;
+#endif /* __FreeBSD__ */
+                case 'r': malloc_realloc = 0; break;
+                case 'R': malloc_realloc = 1; break;
+                case 'j': malloc_junk    = 0; break;
+                case 'J': malloc_junk    = 1; break;
+                case 'n': malloc_silent  = 0; break;
+                case 'N': malloc_silent  = 1; break;
+#ifdef __FreeBSD__
+                case 'u': malloc_utrace  = 0; break;
+                case 'U': malloc_utrace  = 1; break;
+#endif /* __FreeBSD__ */
+                case 'x': malloc_xmalloc = 0; break;
+                case 'X': malloc_xmalloc = 1; break;
+                case 'z': malloc_zero    = 0; break;
+                case 'Z': malloc_zero    = 1; break;
+                default:
+                    j = malloc_abort;
+                    malloc_abort = 0;
+                    wrtwarning("unknown char in MALLOC_OPTIONS\n");
+                    malloc_abort = j;
+                    break;
+            }
         }
-        /*
-         * If nothing in hash bucket right now,
-         * request more memory from the system.
-         */
-        if ((op = nextf[bucket]) == NULL) {
-                morecore(bucket);
-                if ((op = nextf[bucket]) == NULL)
-                        return (NULL);
+    }
+
+    UTRACE(0, 0, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * We want junk in the entire allocation, and zero only in the part
+     * the user asked for.
+     */
+    if (malloc_zero)
+        malloc_junk=1;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+    if (malloc_stats && (atexit(malloc_exit) == -1))
+                wrtwarning("atexit(2) failed.  Will not be able to dump malloc stats on exit.\n");
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+    /* Allocate one page for the page directory */
+    page_dir = (struct pginfo **) MMAP(malloc_pagesize);
+
+    if (page_dir == MAP_FAILED)
+        wrterror("mmap(2) failed, check limits.\n");
+
+    /*
+     * We need a maximum of malloc_pageshift buckets, steal these from the
+     * front of the page_directory;
+     */
+    malloc_origo = ((u_long)pageround((u_long)sbrk(0))) >> malloc_pageshift;
+    malloc_origo -= malloc_pageshift;
+
+    malloc_ninfo = malloc_pagesize / sizeof *page_dir;
+
+    /* Been here, done that */
+    malloc_started++;
+
+    /* Recalculate the cache size in bytes, and make sure it's nonzero */
+
+    if (!malloc_cache)
+        malloc_cache++;
+
+    malloc_cache <<= malloc_pageshift;
+
+    /*
+     * This is a nice hack from Kaleb Keithly (kaleb@x.org).
+     * We can sbrk(2) further back when we keep this on a low address.
+     */
+    px = (struct pgfree *) imalloc (sizeof *px);
+    errno = save_errno;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a number of complete pages
+ */
+static void *
+malloc_pages(size)
+    size_t size;
+{
+    void *p, *delay_free = 0;
+    int i;
+    struct pgfree *pf;
+    u_long index;
+
+    size = pageround(size);
+
+    p = 0;
+    /* Look for free pages before asking for more */
+    for(pf = free_list.next; pf; pf = pf->next) {
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY
+        if (pf->size & malloc_pagemask)
+            wrterror("(ES): junk length entry on free_list\n");
+        if (!pf->size)
+            wrterror("(ES): zero length entry on free_list\n");
+        if (pf->page == pf->end)
+            wrterror("(ES): zero entry on free_list\n");
+        if (pf->page > pf->end)
+            wrterror("(ES): sick entry on free_list\n");
+        if ((void*)pf->page >= (void*)sbrk(0))
+            wrterror("(ES): entry on free_list past brk\n");
+        if (page_dir[ptr2index(pf->page)] != MALLOC_FREE)
+            wrterror("(ES): non-free first page on free-list\n");
+        if (page_dir[ptr2index(pf->end)-1] != MALLOC_FREE)
+            wrterror("(ES): non-free last page on free-list\n");
+#endif /* MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY */
+
+        if (pf->size < size)
+            continue;
+
+        if (pf->size == size) {
+            p = pf->page;
+            if (pf->next)
+                    pf->next->prev = pf->prev;
+            pf->prev->next = pf->next;
+            delay_free = pf;
+            break;
         }
-        /* remove from linked list */
-        nextf[bucket] = op->ov_next;
-        op->ov_magic = MAGIC;
-        op->ov_index = bucket;
-#ifdef MSTATS
-        nmalloc[bucket]++;
-#endif
-#ifdef RCHECK
-        /*
-         * Record allocated size of block and
-         * bound space with magic numbers.
-         */
-        op->ov_size = (nbytes + RSLOP - 1) & ~(RSLOP - 1);
-        op->ov_rmagic = RMAGIC;
-        *(u_short *)((caddr_t)(op + 1) + op->ov_size) = RMAGIC;
-#endif
-        return ((char *)(op + 1));
+
+        p = pf->page;
+        pf->page = (char *)pf->page + size;
+        pf->size -= size;
+        break;
+    }
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY
+    if (p && page_dir[ptr2index(p)] != MALLOC_FREE)
+        wrterror("(ES): allocated non-free page on free-list\n");
+#endif /* MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY */
+
+    size >>= malloc_pageshift;
+
+    /* Map new pages */
+    if (!p)
+        p = map_pages(size);
+
+    if (p) {
+
+        index = ptr2index(p);
+        page_dir[index] = MALLOC_FIRST;
+        for (i=1;i<size;i++)
+            page_dir[index+i] = MALLOC_FOLLOW;
+
+        if (malloc_junk)
+            memset(p, SOME_JUNK, size << malloc_pageshift);
+    }
+
+    if (delay_free) {
+        if (!px)
+            px = delay_free;
+        else
+            ifree(delay_free);
+    }
+
+    return p;
 }
 
 /*
- * Allocate more memory to the indicated bucket.
+ * Allocate a page of fragments
  */
-static void
-morecore(bucket)
-        int bucket;
+
+static __inline__ int
+malloc_make_chunks(bits)
+    int bits;
 {
-        register union overhead *op;
-        register long sz;               /* size of desired block */
-        long amt;                       /* amount to allocate */
-        int nblks;                      /* how many blocks we get */
+    struct  pginfo *bp;
+    void *pp;
+    int i, k, l;
 
-        /*
-         * sbrk_size <= 0 only for big, FLUFFY, requests (about
-         * 2^30 bytes on a VAX, I think) or for a negative arg.
-         */
-        sz = 1 << (bucket + 3);
-#ifdef DEBUG
-        ASSERT(sz > 0);
-#else
-        if (sz <= 0)
-                return;
-#endif
-        if (sz < pagesz) {
-                amt = pagesz;
-                nblks = amt / sz;
-        } else {
-                amt = sz + pagesz;
-                nblks = 1;
+    /* Allocate a new bucket */
+    pp = malloc_pages((size_t)malloc_pagesize);
+    if (!pp)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* Find length of admin structure */
+    l = sizeof *bp - sizeof(u_long);
+    l += sizeof(u_long) *
+        (((malloc_pagesize >> bits)+MALLOC_BITS-1) / MALLOC_BITS);
+
+    /* Don't waste more than two chunks on this */
+    /*
+     * If we are to allocate a memory protected page for the malloc(0)
+     * case (when bits=0), it must be from a different page than the
+     * pginfo page.
+     * --> Treat it like the big chunk alloc, get a second data page.
+     */
+    if (bits != 0 && (1UL<<(bits)) <= l+l) {
+        bp = (struct  pginfo *)pp;
+    } else {
+        bp = (struct  pginfo *)imalloc(l);
+        if (!bp) {
+            ifree(pp);
+            return 0;
         }
-        op = (union overhead *)sbrk(amt);
-        /* no more room! */
-        if ((long)op == -1)
-                return;
-        /*
-         * Add new memory allocated to that on
-         * free list for this hash bucket.
-         */
-        nextf[bucket] = op;
-        while (--nblks > 0) {
-                op->ov_next = (union overhead *)((caddr_t)op + sz);
-                op = (union overhead *)((caddr_t)op + sz);
-        }
+    }
+
+    /* memory protect the page allocated in the malloc(0) case */
+    if (bits == 0) {
+
+        bp->size = 0;
+        bp->shift = 1;
+        i = malloc_minsize-1;
+        while (i >>= 1)
+            bp->shift++;
+        bp->total = bp->free = malloc_pagesize >> bp->shift;
+        bp->page = pp;
+
+        k = mprotect(pp, malloc_pagesize, PROT_NONE);
+        if (k < 0) {
+            ifree(pp);
+            ifree(bp);
+            return 0;
+        }
+    } else {
+        bp->size = (1UL<<bits);
+        bp->shift = bits;
+        bp->total = bp->free = malloc_pagesize >> bits;
+        bp->page = pp;
+    }
+
+    /* set all valid bits in the bitmap */
+    k = bp->total;
+    i = 0;
+
+    /* Do a bunch at a time */
+    for(;k-i >= MALLOC_BITS; i += MALLOC_BITS)
+        bp->bits[i / MALLOC_BITS] = ~0UL;
+
+    for(; i < k; i++)
+        bp->bits[i/MALLOC_BITS] |= 1UL<<(i%MALLOC_BITS);
+
+    if (bp == bp->page) {
+        /* Mark the ones we stole for ourselves */
+        for(i=0;l > 0;i++) {
+            bp->bits[i/MALLOC_BITS] &= ~(1UL<<(i%MALLOC_BITS));
+            bp->free--;
+            bp->total--;
+            l -= (1 << bits);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* MALLOC_LOCK */
+
+    page_dir[ptr2index(pp)] = bp;
+
+    bp->next = page_dir[bits];
+    page_dir[bits] = bp;
+
+    /* MALLOC_UNLOCK */
+
+    return 1;
 }
 
-void
-free(cp)
-        void *cp;
-{   
-        register long size;
-        register union overhead *op;
-
-        if (cp == NULL)
-                return;
-        op = (union overhead *)((caddr_t)cp - sizeof (union overhead));
-#ifdef DEBUG
-        ASSERT(op->ov_magic == MAGIC);          /* make sure it was in use */
-#else
-        if (op->ov_magic != MAGIC)
-                return;                         /* sanity */
-#endif
-#ifdef RCHECK
-        ASSERT(op->ov_rmagic == RMAGIC);
-        ASSERT(*(u_short *)((caddr_t)(op + 1) + op->ov_size) == RMAGIC);
-#endif
-        size = op->ov_index;
-        ASSERT(size < NBUCKETS);
-        op->ov_next = nextf[size];      /* also clobbers ov_magic */
-        nextf[size] = op;
-#ifdef MSTATS
-        nmalloc[size]--;
-#endif
+/*
+ * Allocate a fragment
+ */
+static void *
+malloc_bytes(size)
+    size_t size;
+{
+    int i,j;
+    u_long u;
+    struct  pginfo *bp;
+    int k;
+    u_long *lp;
+
+    /* Don't bother with anything less than this */
+    /* unless we have a malloc(0) requests */
+    if (size != 0 && size < malloc_minsize)
+        size = malloc_minsize;
+
+    /* Find the right bucket */
+    if (size == 0)
+        j=0;
+    else {
+        j = 1;
+        i = size-1;
+        while (i >>= 1)
+            j++;
+    }
+
+    /* If it's empty, make a page more of that size chunks */
+    if (!page_dir[j] && !malloc_make_chunks(j))
+        return 0;
+
+    bp = page_dir[j];
+
+    /* Find first word of bitmap which isn't empty */
+    for (lp = bp->bits; !*lp; lp++)
+        ;
+
+    /* Find that bit, and tweak it */
+    u = 1;
+    k = 0;
+    while (!(*lp & u)) {
+        u += u;
+        k++;
+    }
+    *lp ^= u;
+
+    /* If there are no more free, remove from free-list */
+    if (!--bp->free) {
+        page_dir[j] = bp->next;
+        bp->next = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Adjust to the real offset of that chunk */
+    k += (lp-bp->bits)*MALLOC_BITS;
+    k <<= bp->shift;
+
+    if (malloc_junk && bp->size != 0)
+        memset((char *)bp->page + k, SOME_JUNK, bp->size);
+
+    return (u_char *)bp->page + k;
 }
 
 /*
- * When a program attempts "storage compaction" as mentioned in the
- * old malloc man page, it realloc's an already freed block.  Usually
- * this is the last block it freed; occasionally it might be farther
- * back.  We have to search all the free lists for the block in order
- * to determine its bucket: 1st we make one pass thru the lists
- * checking only the first block in each; if that fails we search
- * ``realloc_srchlen'' blocks in each list for a match (the variable
- * is extern so the caller can modify it).  If that fails we just copy
- * however many bytes was given to realloc() and hope it's not huge.
+ * Allocate a piece of memory
  */
-int realloc_srchlen = 4;        /* 4 should be plenty, -1 =>'s whole list */
+static void *
+imalloc(size)
+    size_t size;
+{
+    void *result;
 
-void *
-realloc(cp, nbytes)
-        void *cp; 
-        size_t nbytes;
-{   
-        register u_long onb;
-        register long i;
-        union overhead *op;
-        char *res;
-        int was_alloced = 0;
-
-        if (cp == NULL)
-                return (malloc(nbytes));
-        op = (union overhead *)((caddr_t)cp - sizeof (union overhead));
-        if (op->ov_magic == MAGIC) {
-                was_alloced++;
-                i = op->ov_index;
-        } else {
-                /*
-                 * Already free, doing "compaction".
-                 *
-                 * Search for the old block of memory on the
-                 * free list.  First, check the most common
-                 * case (last element free'd), then (this failing)
-                 * the last ``realloc_srchlen'' items free'd.
-                 * If all lookups fail, then assume the size of
-                 * the memory block being realloc'd is the
-                 * largest possible (so that all "nbytes" of new
-                 * memory are copied into).  Note that this could cause
-                 * a memory fault if the old area was tiny, and the moon
-                 * is gibbous.  However, that is very unlikely.
-                 */
-                if ((i = findbucket(op, 1)) < 0 &&
-                    (i = findbucket(op, realloc_srchlen)) < 0)
-                        i = NBUCKETS;
+    if (!malloc_started)
+        malloc_init();
+
+    if (suicide)
+        abort();
+
+    if ((size + malloc_pagesize) < size)       /* Check for overflow */
+        result = 0;
+    else if (size <= malloc_maxsize)
+        result =  malloc_bytes(size);
+    else
+        result =  malloc_pages(size);
+
+    if (malloc_abort && !result)
+        wrterror("allocation failed.\n");
+
+    if (malloc_zero && result)
+        memset(result, 0, size);
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change the size of an allocation.
+ */
+static void *
+irealloc(ptr, size)
+    void *ptr;
+    size_t size;
+{
+    void *p;
+    u_long osize, index;
+    struct pginfo **mp;
+    int i;
+
+    if (suicide)
+        abort();
+
+    if (!malloc_started) {
+        wrtwarning("malloc() has never been called.\n");
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    index = ptr2index(ptr);
+
+    if (index < malloc_pageshift) {
+        wrtwarning("junk pointer, too low to make sense.\n");
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (index > last_index) {
+        wrtwarning("junk pointer, too high to make sense.\n");
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    mp = &page_dir[index];
+
+    if (*mp == MALLOC_FIRST) {                  /* Page allocation */
+
+        /* Check the pointer */
+        if ((u_long)ptr & malloc_pagemask) {
+            wrtwarning("modified (page-) pointer.\n");
+            return 0;
         }
-        onb = 1 << (i + 3);
-        if (onb < pagesz)
-                onb -= sizeof (*op) + RSLOP;
-        else
-                onb += pagesz - sizeof (*op) - RSLOP;
-        /* avoid the copy if same size block */
-        if (was_alloced) {
-                if (i) {
-                        i = 1 << (i + 2);
-                        if (i < pagesz)
-                                i -= sizeof (*op) + RSLOP;
-                        else
-                                i += pagesz - sizeof (*op) - RSLOP;
-                }
-                if (nbytes <= onb && nbytes > i) {
-#ifdef RCHECK
-                        op->ov_size = (nbytes + RSLOP - 1) & ~(RSLOP - 1);
-                        *(u_short *)((caddr_t)(op + 1) + op->ov_size) = RMAGIC;
-#endif
-                        return(cp);
-                } else
-                        free(cp);
+
+        /* Find the size in bytes */
+        for (osize = malloc_pagesize; *++mp == MALLOC_FOLLOW;)
+            osize += malloc_pagesize;
+
+        if (!malloc_realloc &&                  /* Unless we have to, */
+          size <= osize &&                      /* .. or are too small, */
+          size > (osize - malloc_pagesize)) {   /* .. or can free a page, */
+            if (malloc_junk)
+                memset((char *)ptr + size, SOME_JUNK, osize-size);
+            return ptr;                         /* ..don't do anything else. */
+        }
+
+    } else if (*mp >= MALLOC_MAGIC) {           /* Chunk allocation */
+
+        /* Check the pointer for sane values */
+        if ((u_long)ptr & ((1UL<<((*mp)->shift))-1)) {
+            wrtwarning("modified (chunk-) pointer.\n");
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        /* Find the chunk index in the page */
+        i = ((u_long)ptr & malloc_pagemask) >> (*mp)->shift;
+
+        /* Verify that it isn't a free chunk already */
+        if ((*mp)->bits[i/MALLOC_BITS] & (1UL<<(i%MALLOC_BITS))) {
+            wrtwarning("chunk is already free.\n");
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        osize = (*mp)->size;
+
+        if (!malloc_realloc &&          /* Unless we have to, */
+          size <= osize &&              /* ..or are too small, */
+          (size > osize/2 ||            /* ..or could use a smaller size, */
+          osize == malloc_minsize)) {   /* ..(if there is one) */
+            if (malloc_junk)
+                memset((char *)ptr + size, SOME_JUNK, osize-size);
+            return ptr;                 /* ..don't do anything else. */
+        }
+
+    } else {
+        wrtwarning("pointer to wrong page.\n");
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    p = imalloc(size);
+
+    if (p) {
+        /* copy the lesser of the two sizes, and free the old one */
+        /* Don't move from/to 0 sized region !!! */
+        if (osize != 0 && size != 0) {
+            if (osize < size)
+                memcpy(p, ptr, osize);
+            else
+                memcpy(p, ptr, size);
         }
-        if ((res = malloc(nbytes)) == NULL)
-                return (NULL);
-        if (cp != res)          /* common optimization if "compacting" */
-                bcopy(cp, res, (nbytes < onb) ? nbytes : onb);
-        return (res);
+        ifree(ptr);
+    }
+    return p;
 }
 
 /*
- * Search ``srchlen'' elements of each free list for a block whose
- * header starts at ``freep''.  If srchlen is -1 search the whole list.
- * Return bucket number, or -1 if not found.
+ * Free a sequence of pages
  */
-static
-findbucket(freep, srchlen)
-        union overhead *freep;
-        int srchlen;
+
+static __inline__ void
+free_pages(ptr, index, info)
+    void *ptr;
+    int index;
+    struct pginfo *info;
 {
-        register union overhead *p;
-        register int i, j;
-
-        for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++) {
-                j = 0;
-                for (p = nextf[i]; p && j != srchlen; p = p->ov_next) {
-                        if (p == freep)
-                                return (i);
-                        j++;
-                }
+    int i;
+    struct pgfree *pf, *pt=0;
+    u_long l;
+    void *tail;
+
+    if (info == MALLOC_FREE) {
+        wrtwarning("page is already free.\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (info != MALLOC_FIRST) {
+        wrtwarning("pointer to wrong page.\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ((u_long)ptr & malloc_pagemask) {
+        wrtwarning("modified (page-) pointer.\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* Count how many pages and mark them free at the same time */
+    page_dir[index] = MALLOC_FREE;
+    for (i = 1; page_dir[index+i] == MALLOC_FOLLOW; i++)
+        page_dir[index + i] = MALLOC_FREE;
+
+    l = i << malloc_pageshift;
+
+    if (malloc_junk)
+        memset(ptr, SOME_JUNK, l);
+
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || (defined(__OpenBSD__) && defined(MADV_FREE))
+    if (malloc_hint)
+        madvise(ptr, l, MADV_FREE);
+#endif
+
+    tail = (char *)ptr+l;
+
+    /* add to free-list */
+    if (!px)
+        px = imalloc(sizeof *px);       /* This cannot fail... */
+    px->page = ptr;
+    px->end =  tail;
+    px->size = l;
+    if (!free_list.next) {
+
+        /* Nothing on free list, put this at head */
+        px->next = free_list.next;
+        px->prev = &free_list;
+        free_list.next = px;
+        pf = px;
+        px = 0;
+
+    } else {
+
+        /* Find the right spot, leave pf pointing to the modified entry. */
+        tail = (char *)ptr+l;
+
+        for(pf = free_list.next; pf->end < ptr && pf->next; pf = pf->next)
+            ; /* Race ahead here */
+
+        if (pf->page > tail) {
+            /* Insert before entry */
+            px->next = pf;
+            px->prev = pf->prev;
+            pf->prev = px;
+            px->prev->next = px;
+            pf = px;
+            px = 0;
+        } else if (pf->end == ptr ) {
+            /* Append to the previous entry */
+            pf->end = (char *)pf->end + l;
+            pf->size += l;
+            if (pf->next && pf->end == pf->next->page ) {
+                /* And collapse the next too. */
+                pt = pf->next;
+                pf->end = pt->end;
+                pf->size += pt->size;
+                pf->next = pt->next;
+                if (pf->next)
+                    pf->next->prev = pf;
+            }
+        } else if (pf->page == tail) {
+            /* Prepend to entry */
+            pf->size += l;
+            pf->page = ptr;
+        } else if (!pf->next) {
+            /* Append at tail of chain */
+            px->next = 0;
+            px->prev = pf;
+            pf->next = px;
+            pf = px;
+            px = 0;
+        } else {
+            wrterror("freelist is destroyed.\n");
         }
-        return (-1);
+    }
+
+    /* Return something to OS ? */
+    if (!pf->next &&                            /* If we're the last one, */
+      pf->size > malloc_cache &&                /* ..and the cache is full, */
+      pf->end == malloc_brk &&                  /* ..and none behind us, */
+      malloc_brk == sbrk(0)) {                  /* ..and it's OK to do... */
+
+        /*
+         * Keep the cache intact.  Notice that the '>' above guarantees that
+         * the pf will always have at least one page afterwards.
+         */
+        pf->end = (char *)pf->page + malloc_cache;
+        pf->size = malloc_cache;
+
+        brk(pf->end);
+        malloc_brk = pf->end;
+
+        index = ptr2index(pf->end);
+
+        for(i=index;i <= last_index;)
+            page_dir[i++] = MALLOC_NOT_MINE;
+
+        last_index = index - 1;
+
+        /* XXX: We could realloc/shrink the pagedir here I guess. */
+    }
+    if (pt)
+        ifree(pt);
 }
 
-#ifdef MSTATS
 /*
- * mstats - print out statistics about malloc
- * 
- * Prints two lines of numbers, one showing the length of the free list
- * for each size category, the second showing the number of mallocs -
- * frees for each size category.
+ * Free a chunk, and possibly the page it's on, if the page becomes empty.
  */
-mstats(s)
-        char *s;
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static __inline__ void
+free_bytes(ptr, index, info)
+    void *ptr;
+    int index;
+    struct pginfo *info;
 {
-        register int i, j;
-        register union overhead *p;
-        int totfree = 0,
-        totused = 0;
-
-        fprintf(stderr, "Memory allocation statistics %s\nfree:\t", s);
-        for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++) {
-                for (j = 0, p = nextf[i]; p; p = p->ov_next, j++)
-                        ;
-                fprintf(stderr, " %d", j);
-                totfree += j * (1 << (i + 3));
-        }
-        fprintf(stderr, "\nused:\t");
-        for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++) {
-                fprintf(stderr, " %d", nmalloc[i]);
-                totused += nmalloc[i] * (1 << (i + 3));
-        }
-        fprintf(stderr, "\n\tTotal in use: %d, total free: %d\n",
-            totused, totfree);
+    int i;
+    struct pginfo **mp;
+    void *vp;
+
+    /* Find the chunk number on the page */
+    i = ((u_long)ptr & malloc_pagemask) >> info->shift;
+
+    if ((u_long)ptr & ((1UL<<(info->shift))-1)) {
+        wrtwarning("modified (chunk-) pointer.\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (info->bits[i/MALLOC_BITS] & (1UL<<(i%MALLOC_BITS))) {
+        wrtwarning("chunk is already free.\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (malloc_junk && info->size != 0)
+        memset(ptr, SOME_JUNK, info->size);
+
+    info->bits[i/MALLOC_BITS] |= 1UL<<(i%MALLOC_BITS);
+    info->free++;
+
+    if (info->size != 0)
+        mp = page_dir + info->shift;
+    else
+        mp = page_dir;
+
+    if (info->free == 1) {
+
+        /* Page became non-full */
+
+        /* Insert in address order */
+        while (*mp && (*mp)->next && (*mp)->next->page < info->page)
+            mp = &(*mp)->next;
+        info->next = *mp;
+        *mp = info;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (info->free != info->total)
+        return;
+
+    /* Find & remove this page in the queue */
+    while (*mp != info) {
+        mp = &((*mp)->next);
+#ifdef MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY
+        if (!*mp)
+                wrterror("(ES): Not on queue\n");
+#endif /* MALLOC_EXTRA_SANITY */
+    }
+    *mp = info->next;
+
+    /* Free the page & the info structure if need be */
+    page_dir[ptr2index(info->page)] = MALLOC_FIRST;
+
+    /* If the page was mprotected, unprotect it before releasing it */
+    if (info->size == 0) {
+        mprotect(info->page, malloc_pagesize, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE);
+        /* Do we have to care if mprotect succeeds here ? */
+    }
+
+    vp = info->page;            /* Order is important ! */
+    if(vp != (void*)info)
+        ifree(info);
+    ifree(vp);
+}
+
+static void
+ifree(ptr)
+    void *ptr;
+{
+    struct pginfo *info;
+    int index;
+
+    /* This is legal */
+    if (!ptr)
+        return;
+
+    if (!malloc_started) {
+        wrtwarning("malloc() has never been called.\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* If we're already sinking, don't make matters any worse. */
+    if (suicide)
+        return;
+
+    index = ptr2index(ptr);
+
+    if (index < malloc_pageshift) {
+        wrtwarning("junk pointer, too low to make sense.\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (index > last_index) {
+        wrtwarning("junk pointer, too high to make sense.\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    info = page_dir[index];
+
+    if (info < MALLOC_MAGIC)
+        free_pages(ptr, index, info);
+    else
+        free_bytes(ptr, index, info);
+    return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * These are the public exported interface routines.
+ */
+
+static int malloc_active;
+
+void *
+malloc(size_t size)
+{
+    register void *r;
+
+    malloc_func = " in malloc():";
+    _MALLOC_LOCK();
+    if (malloc_active++) {
+        wrtwarning("recursive call.\n");
+        malloc_active--;
+        _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+        return (0);
+    }
+    r = imalloc(size);
+    UTRACE(0, size, r);
+    malloc_active--;
+    _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+    if (malloc_xmalloc && !r)
+        wrterror("out of memory.\n");
+    return (r);
+}
+
+void
+free(void *ptr)
+{
+    malloc_func = " in free():";
+    _MALLOC_LOCK();
+    if (malloc_active++) {
+        wrtwarning("recursive call.\n");
+        malloc_active--;
+        _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+        return;
+    }
+    ifree(ptr);
+    UTRACE(ptr, 0, 0);
+    malloc_active--;
+    _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+    return;
+}
+
+void *
+realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+    register void *r;
+
+    malloc_func = " in realloc():";
+    _MALLOC_LOCK();
+    if (malloc_active++) {
+        wrtwarning("recursive call.\n");
+        malloc_active--;
+        _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+        return (0);
+    }
+    if (!ptr) {
+        r = imalloc(size);
+    } else {
+        r = irealloc(ptr, size);
+    }
+    UTRACE(ptr, size, r);
+    malloc_active--;
+    _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+    if (malloc_xmalloc && !r)
+        wrterror("out of memory.\n");
+    return (r);
 }
-#endif
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/memory.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/memory.3
index 735252c837..959a173a03 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/memory.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/memory.3
@@ -29,12 +29,11 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)memory.3      5.1 (Berkeley) 5/2/91
-.\"     $Id: memory.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: memory.3,v 1.5 2000/04/20 13:50:02 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd May 2, 1991
 .Dt MEMORY 3
-.Os BSD 4
+.Os
 .Sh NAME
 .Nm malloc ,
 .Nm free ,
@@ -56,16 +55,15 @@
 .Fn alloca "size_t size"
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 These functions allocate and free memory for the calling process.
-They are described in the
-individual manual pages.
+They are described in the individual man pages.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr alloca 3 ,
 .Xr calloc 3 ,
 .Xr free 3 ,
 .Xr malloc 3 ,
-.Xr realloc 3 ,
-.Xr alloca 3 ,
+.Xr realloc 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 These functions, with the exception of
-.Fn alloca
+.Fn alloca ,
 conform to
 .St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/merge.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/merge.c
index 381fdc0830..4ae6488af2 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/merge.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/merge.c
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)merge.c     8.2 (Berkeley) 2/14/94";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: merge.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: merge.c,v 1.5 2002/02/17 19:42:24 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 /*
@@ -59,8 +58,8 @@ static char *rcsid = "$Id: merge.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $";
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
-static void setup __P((u_char *, u_char *, size_t, size_t, int (*)()));
-static void insertionsort __P((u_char *, size_t, size_t, int (*)()));
+static void setup(u_char *, u_char *, size_t, size_t, int (*)());
+static void insertionsort(u_char *, size_t, size_t, int (*)());
 
 #define ISIZE sizeof(int)
 #define PSIZE sizeof(u_char *)
@@ -100,7 +99,7 @@ mergesort(base, nmemb, size, cmp)
         void *base;
         size_t nmemb;
         register size_t size;
-        int (*cmp) __P((const void *, const void *));
+        int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *);
 {
         register int i, sense;
         int big, iflag;
@@ -148,7 +147,7 @@ mergesort(base, nmemb, size, cmp)
                                 sense = 0;
                         }
                         if (!big) {     /* here i = 0 */
-LINEAR:                         while ((b += size) < t && cmp(q, b) >sense)
+                                while ((b += size) < t && cmp(q, b) >sense)
                                         if (++i == 6) {
                                                 big = 1;
                                                 goto EXPONENTIAL;
@@ -169,7 +168,7 @@ EXPONENTIAL:	    		for (i = size; ; i <<= 1)
                                                 goto FASTCASE;
                                         } else
                                                 b = p;
-SLOWCASE:                       while (t > b+size) {
+                                while (t > b+size) {
                                         i = (((t - b) / size) >> 1) * size;
                                         if ((*cmp)(q, p = b + i) <= sense)
                                                 t = p;
@@ -258,7 +257,7 @@ COPY:	    			b = t;
 void
 setup(list1, list2, n, size, cmp)
         size_t n, size;
-        int (*cmp) __P((const void *, const void *));
+        int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *);
         u_char *list1, *list2;
 {
         int i, length, size2, tmp, sense;
@@ -333,7 +332,7 @@ static void
 insertionsort(a, n, size, cmp)
         u_char *a;
         size_t n, size;
-        int (*cmp) __P((const void *, const void *));
+        int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *);
 {
         u_char *ai, *s, *t, *u, tmp;
         int i;
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/mrand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/mrand48.c
index 43356e66b3..cd34260b5c 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/mrand48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/mrand48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: mrand48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:39 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/multibyte.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/multibyte.c
index fe1cd5781b..6f08bbe342 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/multibyte.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/multibyte.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)multibyte.c  5.1 (Berkeley) 2/18/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: multibyte.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: multibyte.c,v 1.3 2002/02/19 19:39:37 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -74,13 +73,7 @@ mbtowc(pwc, s, n)
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-#ifdef __STDC__
 wctomb(char *s, wchar_t wchar)
-#else
-wctomb(s, wchar)
-        char *s;
-        wchar_t wchar;
-#endif
 {
         if (s == NULL)
                 return 0;
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/nrand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/nrand48.c
index 63f839cb05..b1ec2cebb1 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/nrand48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/nrand48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: nrand48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:40 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 long
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/putenv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/putenv.c
index 2194c2c608..d8c4886d4b 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/putenv.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/putenv.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*-
- * Copyright (c) 1988 The Regents of the University of California.
- * All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)putenv.c     5.4 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: putenv.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: putenv.c,v 1.2 1996/08/10 05:03:00 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -43,17 +42,17 @@ int
 putenv(str)
         const char *str;
 {
-        register char *p, *equal;
+        char *p, *equal;
         int rval;
 
-        if (!(p = strdup(str)))
-                return(1);
-        if (!(equal = strchr(p, '='))) {
+        if ((p = strdup(str)) == NULL)
+                return (-1);
+        if ((equal = strchr(p, '=')) == NULL) {
                 (void)free(p);
-                return(1);
+                return (-1);
         }
         *equal = '\0';
         rval = setenv(p, equal + 1, 1);
         (void)free(p);
-        return(rval);
+        return (rval);
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.3
index cb1e052191..ef0307ab25 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)labs.3        5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: qabs.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: qabs.3,v 1.5 2000/04/20 13:50:02 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt QABS 3
@@ -49,14 +48,13 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn qabs
-function
-returns the absolute value of the quad integer
-.Ar j .
+function returns the absolute value of the quad integer
+.Fa j .
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr abs 3 ,
-.Xr labs 3 ,
-.Xr floor 3 ,
 .Xr cabs 3 ,
+.Xr floor 3 ,
+.Xr labs 3 ,
 .Xr math 3
 .Sh BUGS
 The absolute value of the most negative integer remains negative.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.c
index 9c51a8baa9..ccc42cbec6 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)labs.c       5.2 (Berkeley) 5/17/90";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: qabs.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: qabs.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:40 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.3
index 0efcfc96ef..4db47d9b4a 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)qdiv.3        5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: qdiv.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: qdiv.3,v 1.4 2000/12/24 00:31:00 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt QDIV 3
@@ -49,17 +48,16 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn qdiv
-function
-computes the value
-.Ar num/denom
+function computes the value
+.Fa num Ns No / Ns Fa denom
 and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named
-.Ar qdiv_t
+.Li qdiv_t
 that contains two
-.Em quad integer
+.Li quad integer
 members named
-.Ar quot
+.Fa quot
 and
-.Ar rem .
+.Fa rem .
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr div 3 ,
 .Xr ldiv 3 ,
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.c
index 8f8e3f89c4..07e84cd649 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.c
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)ldiv.c       5.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: qdiv.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: qdiv.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:41 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>             /* qdiv_t */
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3
index eb122cde12..a0561cadbe 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3
@@ -33,14 +33,15 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)qsort.3       8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
-.\"     $Id: qsort.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: qsort.3,v 1.10 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 4, 1993
 .Dt QSORT 3
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
-.Nm qsort, heapsort, mergesort
+.Nm qsort ,
+.Nm heapsort ,
+.Nm mergesort
 .Nd sort functions
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ objects, the initial member of which is pointed to by
 .Fa base .
 The size of each object is specified by
 .Fa size .
-.Fn Mergesort
+.Fn mergesort
 behaves similarly, but
 .Em requires
 that
@@ -106,51 +107,49 @@ is stable.
 .Pp
 The
 .Fn qsort
-function is an implementation of C.A.R. Hoare's ``quicksort'' algorithm,
+function is an implementation of C.A.R. Hoare's
+.Dq quicksort
+algorithm,
 a variant of partition-exchange sorting; in particular, see D.E. Knuth's
 Algorithm Q.
-.Fn Qsort
+.Fn qsort
 takes O N lg N average time.
 This implementation uses median selection to avoid its
 O N**2 worst-case behavior.
 .Pp
 The
 .Fn heapsort
-function is an implementation of J.W.J. William's ``heapsort'' algorithm,
+function is an implementation of J.W.J. William's
+.Dq heapsort
+algorithm,
 a variant of selection sorting; in particular, see D.E. Knuth's Algorithm H.
-.Fn Heapsort
+.Fn heapsort
 takes O N lg N worst-case time.
-Its
-.Em only
-advantage over
+This implementation of
 .Fn qsort
-is that it uses almost no additional memory; while
-.Fn qsort
-does not allocate memory, it is implemented using recursion.
+is implemented without recursive function calls.
 .Pp
 The function
 .Fn mergesort
 requires additional memory of size
 .Fa nmemb *
-.Fa size 
+.Fa size
 bytes; it should be used only when space is not at a premium.
-.Fn Mergesort
+.Fn mergesort
 is optimized for data with pre-existing order; its worst case
 time is O N lg N; its best case is O N.
 .Pp
 Normally,
 .Fn qsort
 is faster than
-.Fn mergesort
-is faster than
+.Fn mergesort ,
+which is faster than
 .Fn heapsort .
-Memory availability and pre-existing order in the data can make this
-untrue.
+Memory availability and pre-existing order in the data can make this untrue.
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
 The
 .Fn qsort
-function
-returns no value.
+function returns no value.
 .Pp
 Upon successful completion,
 .Fn heapsort
@@ -163,20 +162,21 @@ is set to indicate the error.
 .Sh ERRORS
 The
 .Fn heapsort
-function succeeds unless:
+and
+.Fn mergesort
+functions succeed unless:
 .Bl -tag -width Er
 .It Bq Er EINVAL
 The
 .Fa size
-argument is zero, or,
-the
+argument is zero, or the
 .Fa size
 argument to
 .Fn mergesort
 is less than
 .Dq "sizeof(void *) / 2" .
 .It Bq Er ENOMEM
-.Fn Heapsort
+.Fn heapsort
 or
 .Fn mergesort
 were unable to allocate memory.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ were unable to allocate memory.
 Previous versions of
 .Fn qsort
 did not permit the comparison routine itself to call
-.Fn qsort 3 .
+.Fn qsort .
 This is no longer true.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr sort 1 ,
@@ -229,6 +229,5 @@ This is no longer true.
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn qsort
-function
-conforms to
+function conforms to
 .St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.c
index c06bd54054..9b8bb5801b 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.c
@@ -32,15 +32,14 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)qsort.c     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: qsort.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: qsort.c,v 1.7 2002/02/17 19:42:24 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
-static inline char      *med3 __P((char *, char *, char *, int (*)()));
-static inline void       swapfunc __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+static __inline char    *med3(char *, char *, char *, int (*)());
+static __inline void     swapfunc(char *, char *, int, int);
 
 #define min(a, b)       (a) < (b) ? a : b
 
@@ -61,12 +60,12 @@ static inline void	 swapfunc __P((char *, char *, int, int));
 #define SWAPINIT(a, es) swaptype = ((char *)a - (char *)0) % sizeof(long) || \
         es % sizeof(long) ? 2 : es == sizeof(long)? 0 : 1;
 
-static inline void
+static __inline void
 swapfunc(a, b, n, swaptype)
         char *a, *b;
         int n, swaptype;
 {
-        if(swaptype <= 1) 
+        if (swaptype <= 1) 
                 swapcode(long, a, b, n)
         else
                 swapcode(char, a, b, n)
@@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ swapfunc(a, b, n, swaptype)
 
 #define vecswap(a, b, n)        if ((n) > 0) swapfunc(a, b, n, swaptype)
 
-static inline char *
+static __inline char *
 med3(a, b, c, cmp)
         char *a, *b, *c;
         int (*cmp)();
@@ -93,27 +92,28 @@ med3(a, b, c, cmp)
 }
 
 void
-qsort(a, n, es, cmp)
-        void *a;
+qsort(aa, n, es, cmp)
+        void *aa;
         size_t n, es;
         int (*cmp)();
 {
         char *pa, *pb, *pc, *pd, *pl, *pm, *pn;
         int d, r, swaptype, swap_cnt;
+        register char *a = aa;
 
 loop:   SWAPINIT(a, es);
         swap_cnt = 0;
         if (n < 7) {
-                for (pm = a + es; pm < (char *) a + n * es; pm += es)
+                for (pm = (char *)a + es; pm < (char *) a + n * es; pm += es)
                         for (pl = pm; pl > (char *) a && cmp(pl - es, pl) > 0;
                              pl -= es)
                                 swap(pl, pl - es);
                 return;
         }
-        pm = a + (n / 2) * es;
+        pm = (char *)a + (n / 2) * es;
         if (n > 7) {
-                pl = a;
-                pn = a + (n - 1) * es;
+                pl = (char *)a;
+                pn = (char *)a + (n - 1) * es;
                 if (n > 40) {
                         d = (n / 8) * es;
                         pl = med3(pl, pl + d, pl + 2 * d, cmp);
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ loop:	SWAPINIT(a, es);
                 pm = med3(pl, pm, pn, cmp);
         }
         swap(a, pm);
-        pa = pb = a + es;
+        pa = pb = (char *)a + es;
 
-        pc = pd = a + (n - 1) * es;
+        pc = pd = (char *)a + (n - 1) * es;
         for (;;) {
                 while (pb <= pc && (r = cmp(pb, a)) <= 0) {
                         if (r == 0) {
@@ -151,14 +151,14 @@ loop:	SWAPINIT(a, es);
                 pc -= es;
         }
         if (swap_cnt == 0) {  /* Switch to insertion sort */
-                for (pm = a + es; pm < (char *) a + n * es; pm += es)
+                for (pm = (char *) a + es; pm < (char *) a + n * es; pm += es)
                         for (pl = pm; pl > (char *) a && cmp(pl - es, pl) > 0; 
                              pl -= es)
                                 swap(pl, pl - es);
                 return;
         }
 
-        pn = a + n * es;
+        pn = (char *)a + n * es;
         r = min(pa - (char *)a, pb - pa);
         vecswap(a, pb - r, r);
         r = min(pd - pc, pn - pd - es);
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3
index a2af9f17a4..f70990fa8e 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3
@@ -29,8 +29,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)radixsort.3   8.2 (Berkeley) 1/27/94
-.\"     $Id: radixsort.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:18 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: radixsort.3,v 1.7 2001/08/06 10:42:26 mpech Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd January 27, 1994
 .Dt RADIXSORT 3
@@ -42,16 +41,15 @@
 .Fd #include <limits.h>
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
 .Ft int
-.Fn radixsort "u_char **base" "int nmemb" "u_char *table" "u_int endbyte"
+.Fn radixsort "const u_char **base" "int nmemb" "const u_char *table" "u_int endbyte"
 .Ft int
-.Fn sradixsort "u_char **base" "int nmemb" "u_char *table" "u_int endbyte"
+.Fn sradixsort "const u_char **base" "int nmemb" "const u_char *table" "u_int endbyte"
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn radixsort
 and
 .Fn sradixsort
-functions
-are implementations of radix sort.
+functions are implementations of radix sort.
 .Pp
 These functions sort an array of pointers to byte strings, the initial
 member of which is referenced by
@@ -63,26 +61,24 @@ is denoted by the user-specified value
 Applications may specify a sort order by providing the
 .Fa table
 argument.
-If
-.Pf non- Dv NULL , 
+If non-null,
 .Fa table
 must reference an array of
 .Dv UCHAR_MAX
-+ 1 bytes which contains the sort
-weight of each possible byte value.
++ 1 bytes which contains the sort weight of each possible byte value.
 The end-of-string byte must have a sort weight of 0 or 255
 (for sorting in reverse order).
 More than one byte may have the same sort weight.
 The
 .Fa table
-argument
-is useful for applications which wish to sort different characters
+argument is useful for applications which wish to sort different characters
 equally, for example, providing a table with the same weights
 for A-Z as for a-z will result in a case-insensitive sort.
 If
 .Fa table
-is NULL, the contents of the array are sorted in ascending order
-according to the
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+the contents of the array are sorted in ascending order according to the
 .Tn ASCII
 order of the byte strings they reference and
 .Fa endbyte
@@ -107,7 +103,7 @@ particular, see D.E. Knuth's Algorithm R and section 5.2.5, exercise 10.
 They take linear time relative to the number of bytes in the strings.
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
 Upon successful completion 0 is returned.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable 
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
 .Va errno
 is set to indicate the error.
 .Sh ERRORS
@@ -122,15 +118,13 @@ is not 0 or 255.
 .Pp
 Additionally, the
 .Fn sradixsort
-function
-may fail and set
+function may fail and set
 .Va errno
 for any of the errors specified for the library routine
 .Xr malloc 3 .
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr sort 1 ,
 .Xr qsort 3
-.Pp
 .Rs
 .%A Knuth, D.E.
 .%D 1968
@@ -158,4 +152,5 @@ for any of the errors specified for the library routine
 .Sh HISTORY
 The
 .Fn radixsort
-function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c
index dd51013c94..e03b479715 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)radixsort.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: radixsort.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: radixsort.c,v 1.5 2002/02/17 19:42:24 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 /*
@@ -61,11 +60,11 @@ typedef struct {
         int sn, si;
 } stack;
 
-static inline void simplesort
-            __P((const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int));
-static void r_sort_a __P((const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int));
-static void r_sort_b __P((const u_char **,
-            const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int));
+static __inline void simplesort
+(const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int);
+static void r_sort_a(const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int);
+static void r_sort_b(const u_char **,
+            const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int);
 
 #define THRESHOLD       20              /* Divert to simplesort(). */
 #define SIZE            512             /* Default stack size. */
@@ -295,7 +294,7 @@ r_sort_b(a, ta, n, i, tr, endch)
         }
 }
                 
-static inline void
+static __inline void
 simplesort(a, n, b, tr, endch)  /* insertion sort */
         register const u_char **a;
         int n, b;
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3
index a0e7740e66..8899c2e104 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)rand.3        6.7 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: rand.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: rand.3,v 1.8 2001/05/13 23:38:02 millert Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt RAND 3
@@ -46,12 +45,15 @@
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
 .Ft void
-.Fn srand "unsigned seed"
+.Fn srand "unsigned int seed"
 .Ft int
 .Fn rand void
+.Ft int
+.Fn rand_r "unsigned int *seed"
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 .Bf -symbolic
-These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3).
+These interfaces are obsoleted by
+.Xr random 3 .
 .Ef
 .Pp
 The
@@ -73,13 +75,28 @@ with the same seed value.
 .Pp
 If no seed value is provided, the functions are automatically
 seeded with a value of 1.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn rand_r
+is a thread-safe version of
+.Fn rand .
+Storage for the seed must be provided through the
+.Fa seed
+argument, and needs to have been initialized by the caller.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr arc4random 3 ,
+.Xr rand48 3 ,
 .Xr random 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn rand
 and
 .Fn srand
-functions
-conform to
+functions conform to
 .St -ansiC .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn rand_r
+function conforms to ISO/IEC 9945-1 ANSI/IEEE
+.Pq Dq Tn POSIX
+Std 1003.1c Draft 10.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.c
index 361d473448..bb180886c0 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.c
@@ -32,24 +32,34 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)rand.c       5.6 (Berkeley) 6/24/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: rand.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: rand.c,v 1.6 1998/12/07 21:47:22 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
-static u_long next = 1;
+static u_int next = 1;
+
+int
+rand_r(seed)
+u_int *seed;
+{
+
+        *seed = *seed * 1103515245 + 12345;
+        return (*seed % ((u_int)RAND_MAX + 1));
+}
 
 int
 rand()
 {
-        return ((next = next * 1103515245 + 12345) % ((u_int)RAND_MAX + 1));
+
+        return (rand_r(&next));
 }
 
 void
 srand(seed)
 u_int seed;
 {
+
         next = seed;
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.3
index 5a772c9a8c..6b0831ead7 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.3
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-\" Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
 .\" All rights reserved.
 .\"
 .\" You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\" of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
 .\" to anyone/anything when using this software.
 .\"
-.\"     $Id: rand48.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: rand48.3,v 1.9 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd October 8, 1993
 .Dt RAND48 3
@@ -24,10 +24,10 @@
 .Nm srand48 ,
 .Nm seed48 ,
 .Nm lcong48
-.Nd pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
+.Nd pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
-.Ft double 
+.Ft double
 .Fn drand48 void
 .Ft double
 .Fn erand48 "unsigned short xseed[3]"
@@ -49,12 +49,13 @@
 The
 .Fn rand48
 family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear
-congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The
-particular formula employed is
+congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size.
+The particular formula employed is
 r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) mod m
 where the default values are
 for the multiplicand a = 0xfdeece66d = 25214903917 and
-the addend c = 0xb = 11. The modulus is always fixed at m = 2 ** 48.
+the addend c = 0xb = 11.
+The modulus is always fixed at m = 2 ** 48.
 r(n) is called the seed of the random number generator.
 .Pp
 For all the six generator routines described next, the first
@@ -63,15 +64,17 @@ computational step is to perform a single iteration of the algorithm.
 .Fn drand48
 and
 .Fn erand48
-return values of type double. The full 48 bits of r(n+1) are
+return values of type double.
+The full 48 bits of r(n+1) are
 loaded into the mantissa of the returned value, with the exponent set
-such that the values produced lie in the interval [0.0, 1.0).
+such that the values produced lie in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
 .Pp
 .Fn lrand48
 and
 .Fn nrand48
 return values of type long in the range
-[0, 2**31-1]. The high-order (31) bits of
+[0, 2**31-1].
+The high-order (31) bits of
 r(n+1) are loaded into the lower bits of the returned value, with
 the topmost (sign) bit set to zero.
 .Pp
@@ -79,14 +82,15 @@ the topmost (sign) bit set to zero.
 and
 .Fn jrand48
 return values of type long in the range
-[-2**31, 2**31-1]. The high-order (32) bits of
-r(n+1) are loaded into the returned value.
+[-2**31, 2**31-1].
+The high-order (32) bits of r(n+1) are loaded into the returned value.
 .Pp
 .Fn drand48 ,
 .Fn lrand48 ,
 and
 .Fn mrand48
-use an internal buffer to store r(n). For these functions
+use an internal buffer to store r(n).
+For these functions
 the initial value of r(0) = 0x1234abcd330e = 20017429951246.
 .Pp
 On the other hand,
@@ -118,12 +122,12 @@ also initializes the internal buffer r(n) of
 and
 .Fn mrand48 ,
 but here all 48 bits of the seed can be specified in an array of 3 shorts,
-where the zeroth member specifies the lowest bits. Again,
-the constant multiplicand and addend of the algorithm are
+where the zeroth member specifies the lowest bits.
+Again, the constant multiplicand and addend of the algorithm are
 reset to the default values given above.
 .Fn seed48
 returns a pointer to an array of 3 shorts which contains the old seed.
-This array is statically allocated, thus its contents are lost after
+This array is statically allocated, so its contents are lost after
 each new call to
 .Fn seed48 .
 .Pp
@@ -152,9 +156,10 @@ always also set the multiplicand and addend for any of the six
 generator calls.
 .Pp
 For a more powerful random number generator, see
-.Xr random 3
-.Sh AUTHOR
+.Xr random 3 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
 Martin Birgmeier
 .Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr arc4random 3 ,
 .Xr rand 3 ,
-.Xr random 3 .
+.Xr random 3
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.h b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.h
index 12496d1c8c..afa49f65f3 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.h
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.h
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
  * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
  * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ *
+ *      $OpenBSD: rand48.h,v 1.3 2002/02/16 21:27:24 millert Exp $
  */
 
 #ifndef _RAND48_H_
@@ -17,7 +19,7 @@
 #include <math.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
-void            __dorand48 __P((unsigned short[3]));
+void            __dorand48(unsigned short[3]);
 
 #define RAND48_SEED_0   (0x330e)
 #define RAND48_SEED_1   (0xabcd)
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3
index 38c15a9803..b98917a442 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3
@@ -29,97 +29,106 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)random.3      6.5 (Berkeley) 4/19/91
-.\"     $Id: random.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: random.3,v 1.15 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd April 19, 1991
 .Dt RANDOM 3
-.Os BSD 4.2
+.Os
 .Sh NAME
 .Nm random ,
 .Nm srandom ,
+.Nm srandomdev ,
 .Nm initstate ,
 .Nm setstate
 .Nd better random number generator; routines for changing generators
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
-.Ft long 
+.Ft long
 .Fn random void
 .Ft void
-.Fn srandom "unsigned seed"
+.Fn srandom "unsigned int seed"
+.Ft void
+.Fn srandomdev void
 .Ft char *
-.Fn initstate "unsigned seed" "char *state" "int n"
+.Fn initstate "unsigned int seed" "char *state" "size_t n"
 .Ft char *
-.Fn setstate "char *state"
+.Fn setstate "const char *state"
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn random
-function
-uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a
-default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random
-numbers in the range from 0 to
-.if t 2\u\s731\s10\d\(mi1.
-.if n (2**31)\(mi1.
+function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing
+a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random
+numbers in the range from 0 to (2**31)\-1.
 The period of this random number generator is very large, approximately
-.if t 16\(mu(2\u\s731\s10\d\(mi1).
-.if n 16*((2**31)\(mi1).
+16*((2**31)\-1).
 .Pp
 The
-.Fn random Ns / Fn srandom
-have (almost) the same calling sequence and initialization properties as
-.Xr rand 3 Ns / Xr srand 3 .
+.Fn random
+and
+.Fn srandom
+functions have (almost) the same calling sequence and initialization
+properties as
+.Xr rand 3 Ns / Ns Xr srand 3 .
 The difference is that
 .Xr rand
 produces a much less random sequence \(em in fact, the low dozen bits
-generated by rand go through a cyclic pattern.  All the bits generated by
+generated by rand go through a cyclic pattern.
+All the bits generated by
 .Fn random
-are usable.  For example,
+are usable.
+For example,
 .Sq Li random()&01
 will produce a random binary
 value.
 .Pp
-Unlike
-.Xr srand ,
-.Fn srandom
-does not return the old seed; the reason for this is that the amount of
-state information used is much more than a single word.  (Two other
-routines are provided to deal with restarting/changing random
-number generators).  Like
+Like
 .Xr rand 3 ,
-however,
 .Fn random
 will by default produce a sequence of numbers that can be duplicated
 by calling
 .Fn srandom
-with 
+with
 .Ql 1
 as the seed.
 .Pp
 The
+.Fn srandomdev
+routine initializes a state array using the
+.Xr arandom 4
+random number device which returns good random numbers,
+suitable for cryptographic use.
+Note that this particular seeding procedure can generate
+states which are impossible to reproduce by calling
+.Fn srandom
+with any value, since the succeeding terms in the
+state buffer are no longer derived from the LC algorithm applied to
+a fixed seed.
+.Pp
+The
 .Fn initstate
 routine allows a state array, passed in as an argument, to be initialized
-for future use.  The size of the state array (in bytes) is used by
+for future use.
+The size of the state array (in bytes) is used by
 .Fn initstate
 to decide how sophisticated a random number generator it should use \(em the
 more state, the better the random numbers will be.
 (Current "optimal" values for the amount of state information are
 8, 32, 64, 128, and 256 bytes; other amounts will be rounded down to
-the nearest known amount.  Using less than 8 bytes will cause an error.)
+the nearest known amount.
+Using less than 8 bytes will cause an error.)
 The seed for the initialization (which specifies a starting point for
 the random number sequence, and provides for restarting at the same
 point) is also an argument.
 The
 .Fn initstate
-function
-returns a pointer to the previous state information array.
+function returns a pointer to the previous state information array.
 .Pp
 Once a state has been initialized, the
 .Fn setstate
 routine provides for rapid switching between states.
 The
 .Fn setstate
-function
-returns a pointer to the previous state array; its
+function returns a pointer to the previous state array; its
 argument state array is used for further random number generation
 until the next call to
 .Fn initstate
@@ -143,12 +152,10 @@ is that the size of the state array does not have to be remembered after
 it is initialized.
 .Pp
 With 256 bytes of state information, the period of the random number
-generator is greater than
-.if t 2\u\s769\s10\d,
-.if n 2**69
+generator is greater than 2**69
 which should be sufficient for most purposes.
-.Sh AUTHOR
-Earl T. Cohen
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Earl T. Cohen
 .Sh DIAGNOSTICS
 If
 .Fn initstate
@@ -157,10 +164,26 @@ is called with less than 8 bytes of state information, or if
 detects that the state information has been garbled, error
 messages are printed on the standard error output.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr rand 3
+.Xr arc4random 3 ,
+.Xr drand48 3 ,
+.Xr rand 3 ,
+.Xr random 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn random ,
+.Fn srandom ,
+.Fn initstate ,
+and
+.Fn setstate
+functions conform to
+.St -xpg4.2 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn srandomdev
+function is an extension.
 .Sh HISTORY
 These
-functions appeared in 
+functions appeared in
 .Bx 4.2 .
 .Sh BUGS
 About 2/3 the speed of
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c
index 469b6d976a..49a5ed1c3e 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c
@@ -32,12 +32,16 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)random.c     5.9 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: random.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: random.c,v 1.11 2003/02/28 21:27:44 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
 
 /*
  * random.c:
@@ -55,10 +59,10 @@ static char *rcsid = "$Id: random.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $"
  * congruential generator.  If the amount of state information is less than
  * 32 bytes, a simple linear congruential R.N.G. is used.
  *
- * Internally, the state information is treated as an array of longs; the
+ * Internally, the state information is treated as an array of int32_t; the
  * zeroeth element of the array is the type of R.N.G. being used (small
  * integer); the remainder of the array is the state information for the
- * R.N.G.  Thus, 32 bytes of state information will give 7 longs worth of
+ * R.N.G.  Thus, 32 bytes of state information will give 7 int32_ts worth of
  * state information, which will allow a degree seven polynomial.  (Note:
  * the zeroeth word of state information also has some other information
  * stored in it -- see setstate() for details).
@@ -134,14 +138,14 @@ static int seps [MAX_TYPES] =	{ SEP_0, SEP_1, SEP_2, SEP_3, SEP_4 };
  *      MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state) + TYPE_3 == TYPE_3.
  */
 
-static long randtbl[DEG_3 + 1] = {
+static int32_t randtbl[DEG_3 + 1] = {
         TYPE_3,
-        0x9a319039, 0x32d9c024, 0x9b663182, 0x5da1f342, 0xde3b81e0, 0xdf0a6fb5,
-        0xf103bc02, 0x48f340fb, 0x7449e56b, 0xbeb1dbb0, 0xab5c5918, 0x946554fd,
-        0x8c2e680f, 0xeb3d799f, 0xb11ee0b7, 0x2d436b86, 0xda672e2a, 0x1588ca88,
-        0xe369735d, 0x904f35f7, 0xd7158fd6, 0x6fa6f051, 0x616e6b96, 0xac94efdc,
-        0x36413f93, 0xc622c298, 0xf5a42ab8, 0x8a88d77b, 0xf5ad9d0e, 0x8999220b,
-        0x27fb47b9,
+        0x991539b1, 0x16a5bce3, 0x6774a4cd, 0x3e01511e, 0x4e508aaa, 0x61048c05, 
+        0xf5500617, 0x846b7115, 0x6a19892c, 0x896a97af, 0xdb48f936, 0x14898454, 
+        0x37ffd106, 0xb58bff9c, 0x59e17104, 0xcf918a49, 0x09378c83, 0x52c7a471, 
+        0x8d293ea9, 0x1f4fc301, 0xc3db71be, 0x39b44e1c, 0xf8a44ef9, 0x4c8b80b1, 
+        0x19edc328, 0x87bf4bdd, 0xc9b240e5, 0xe9ee4b1b, 0x4382aee7, 0x535b6b41, 
+        0xf3bec5da,
 };
 
 /*
@@ -158,8 +162,8 @@ static long randtbl[DEG_3 + 1] = {
  * in the initialization of randtbl) because the state table pointer is set
  * to point to randtbl[1] (as explained below).
  */
-static long *fptr = &randtbl[SEP_3 + 1];
-static long *rptr = &randtbl[1];
+static int32_t *fptr = &randtbl[SEP_3 + 1];
+static int32_t *rptr = &randtbl[1];
 
 /*
  * The following things are the pointer to the state information table, the
@@ -171,11 +175,11 @@ static long *rptr = &randtbl[1];
  * this is more efficient than indexing every time to find the address of
  * the last element to see if the front and rear pointers have wrapped.
  */
-static long *state = &randtbl[1];
+static int32_t *state = &randtbl[1];
+static int32_t *end_ptr = &randtbl[DEG_3 + 1];
 static int rand_type = TYPE_3;
 static int rand_deg = DEG_3;
 static int rand_sep = SEP_3;
-static long *end_ptr = &randtbl[DEG_3 + 1];
 
 /*
  * srandom:
@@ -191,17 +195,28 @@ static long *end_ptr = &randtbl[DEG_3 + 1];
  */
 void
 srandom(x)
-        u_int x;
+        unsigned int x;
 {
-        register int i, j;
+        int i;
+        int32_t test;
+        div_t val;
 
         if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
                 state[0] = x;
         else {
-                j = 1;
                 state[0] = x;
-                for (i = 1; i < rand_deg; i++)
-                        state[i] = 1103515245 * state[i - 1] + 12345;
+                for (i = 1; i < rand_deg; i++) {
+                        /*
+                         * Implement the following, without overflowing 31 bits:
+                         *
+                         *      state[i] = (16807 * state[i - 1]) % 2147483647;
+                         *
+                         *      2^31-1 (prime) = 2147483647 = 127773*16807+2836
+                         */
+                        val = div(state[i-1], 127773);
+                        test = 16807 * val.rem - 2836 * val.quot;
+                        state[i] = test + (test < 0 ? 2147483647 : 0);
+                }
                 fptr = &state[rand_sep];
                 rptr = &state[0];
                 for (i = 0; i < 10 * rand_deg; i++)
@@ -210,6 +225,65 @@ srandom(x)
 }
 
 /*
+ * srandomdev:
+ *
+ * Many programs choose the seed value in a totally predictable manner.
+ * This often causes problems.  We seed the generator using the much more
+ * secure arandom(4) interface.  Note that this particular seeding
+ * procedure can generate states which are impossible to reproduce by
+ * calling srandom() with any value, since the succeeding terms in the
+ * state buffer are no longer derived from the LC algorithm applied to
+ * a fixed seed.
+ */
+void
+srandomdev()
+{
+        int fd, i, mib[2], n;
+        size_t len;
+
+        if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+                len = sizeof(state[0]);
+        else
+                len = rand_deg * sizeof(state[0]);
+
+        /*
+         * To get seed data, first try reading from /dev/arandom.
+         * If that fails, try the KERN_ARND sysctl() (one int at a time).
+         * As a last resort, call srandom().
+         */
+        if ((fd = open("/dev/arandom", O_RDONLY, 0)) != -1 &&
+            read(fd, (void *) state, len) == (ssize_t) len) {
+                close(fd);
+        } else {
+                if (fd != -1)
+                        close(fd);
+                mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+                mib[1] = KERN_ARND;
+                n = len / sizeof(int);
+                len = sizeof(int);
+                for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+                        if (sysctl(mib, 2, (char *)((int *)state + i), &len,
+                            NULL, 0) == -1)
+                                break;
+                }
+                if (i != n) {
+                        struct timeval tv;
+                        u_int junk;
+
+                        /* XXX - this could be better */
+                        gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
+                        srandom(getpid() ^ tv.tv_sec ^ tv.tv_usec ^ junk);
+                        return;
+                }
+        }
+
+        if (rand_type != TYPE_0) {
+                fptr = &state[rand_sep];
+                rptr = &state[0];
+        }
+}
+
+/*
  * initstate:
  *
  * Initialize the state information in the given array of n bytes for future
@@ -232,19 +306,16 @@ char *
 initstate(seed, arg_state, n)
         u_int seed;                     /* seed for R.N.G. */
         char *arg_state;                /* pointer to state array */
-        int n;                          /* # bytes of state info */
+        size_t n;                       /* # bytes of state info */
 {
-        register char *ostate = (char *)(&state[-1]);
+        char *ostate = (char *)(&state[-1]);
 
         if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
                 state[-1] = rand_type;
         else
                 state[-1] = MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state) + rand_type;
-        if (n < BREAK_0) {
-                (void)fprintf(stderr,
-                    "random: not enough state (%d bytes); ignored.\n", n);
-                return(0);
-        }
+        if (n < BREAK_0)
+                return(NULL);
         if (n < BREAK_1) {
                 rand_type = TYPE_0;
                 rand_deg = DEG_0;
@@ -266,7 +337,7 @@ initstate(seed, arg_state, n)
                 rand_deg = DEG_4;
                 rand_sep = SEP_4;
         }
-        state = &(((long *)arg_state)[1]);      /* first location */
+        state = &(((int32_t *)arg_state)[1]);   /* first location */
         end_ptr = &state[rand_deg];     /* must set end_ptr before srandom */
         srandom(seed);
         if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
@@ -293,11 +364,11 @@ initstate(seed, arg_state, n)
  */
 char *
 setstate(arg_state)
-        char *arg_state;
+        const char *arg_state;
 {
-        register long *new_state = (long *)arg_state;
-        register int type = new_state[0] % MAX_TYPES;
-        register int rear = new_state[0] / MAX_TYPES;
+        int32_t *new_state = (int32_t *)arg_state;
+        int32_t type = new_state[0] % MAX_TYPES;
+        int32_t rear = new_state[0] / MAX_TYPES;
         char *ostate = (char *)(&state[-1]);
 
         if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
@@ -315,8 +386,7 @@ setstate(arg_state)
                 rand_sep = seps[type];
                 break;
         default:
-                (void)fprintf(stderr,
-                    "random: state info corrupted; not changed.\n");
+                return(NULL);
         }
         state = &new_state[1];
         if (rand_type != TYPE_0) {
@@ -347,7 +417,7 @@ setstate(arg_state)
 long
 random()
 {
-        long i;
+        int32_t i;
 
         if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
                 i = state[0] = (state[0] * 1103515245 + 12345) & 0x7fffffff;
@@ -360,5 +430,5 @@ random()
                 } else if (++rptr >= end_ptr)
                         rptr = state;
         }
-        return(i);
+        return((long)i);
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3
index 9d8b1ff2ce..56fbea9ede 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3
@@ -32,10 +32,9 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)realpath.3    8.2 (Berkeley) 2/16/94
-.\"     $Id: realpath.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: realpath.3,v 1.8 2001/04/23 15:30:25 aaron Exp $
 .\"
-.Dd "February 16, 1994"
+.Dd February 16, 1994
 .Dt REALPATH 3
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
@@ -57,8 +56,7 @@ and
 .Pa /../
 in
 .Fa pathname ,
-and copies the resulting absolute pathname into
-the memory referenced by
+and copies the resulting absolute pathname into the memory referenced by
 .Fa resolvedname .
 The
 .Fa resolvedname
@@ -68,7 +66,7 @@ refer to a buffer capable of storing at least
 .Dv MAXPATHLEN
 characters.
 .Pp
-The 
+The
 .Fn realpath
 function will resolve both absolute and relative paths
 and return the absolute pathname corresponding to
@@ -82,14 +80,14 @@ is called.
 The
 .Fn realpath
 function returns
-.Fa resolved_name
+.Fa resolvedname
 on success.
 If an error occurs,
 .Fn realpath
 returns
 .Dv NULL ,
 and
-.Fa resolved_name
+.Fa resolvedname
 contains the pathname which caused the problem.
 .Sh ERRORS
 The function
@@ -102,7 +100,7 @@ for any of the errors specified for the library functions
 .Xr fchdir 2 ,
 .Xr lstat 2 ,
 .Xr open 2 ,
-.Xr readlink 2
+.Xr readlink 2 ,
 and
 .Xr getcwd 3 .
 .Sh CAVEATS
@@ -114,10 +112,10 @@ The
 version always returns absolute pathnames,
 whereas the Solaris implementation will,
 under certain circumstances, return a relative
-.Fa resolved_path
+.Fa resolvedname
 when given a relative
 .Fa pathname .
-.Sh "SEE ALSO"
+.Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr getcwd 3
 .Sh HISTORY
 The
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.c
index e349b7e068..71063394d1 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.c
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)realpath.c  8.1 (Berkeley) 2/16/94";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: realpath.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: realpath.c,v 1.8 2003/04/04 22:47:43 hin Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <sys/param.h>
@@ -63,13 +62,18 @@ realpath(path, resolved)
         struct stat sb;
         int fd, n, rootd, serrno;
         char *p, *q, wbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+        int symlinks = 0;
 
         /* Save the starting point. */
         if ((fd = open(".", O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
-                (void)strcpy(resolved, ".");
+                (void)strlcpy(resolved, ".", MAXPATHLEN);
                 return (NULL);
         }
 
+        /* Convert "." -> "" to optimize away a needless lstat() and chdir() */
+        if (path[0] == '.' && path[1] == '\0')
+                path = "";
+
         /*
          * Find the dirname and basename from the path to be resolved.
          * Change directory to the dirname component.
@@ -78,8 +82,7 @@ realpath(path, resolved)
          *     if it is a directory, then change to that directory.
          * get the current directory name and append the basename.
          */
-        (void)strncpy(resolved, path, MAXPATHLEN - 1);
-        resolved[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
+        strlcpy(resolved, path, MAXPATHLEN);
 loop:
         q = strrchr(resolved, '/');
         if (q != NULL) {
@@ -99,9 +102,13 @@ loop:
                 p = resolved;
 
         /* Deal with the last component. */
-        if (lstat(p, &sb) == 0) {
+        if (*p != '\0' && lstat(p, &sb) == 0) {
                 if (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)) {
-                        n = readlink(p, resolved, MAXPATHLEN);
+                        if (++symlinks > MAXSYMLINKS) {
+                                errno = ELOOP;
+                                goto err1;
+                        }
+                        n = readlink(p, resolved, MAXPATHLEN-1);
                         if (n < 0)
                                 goto err1;
                         resolved[n] = '\0';
@@ -118,7 +125,7 @@ loop:
          * Save the last component name and get the full pathname of
          * the current directory.
          */
-        (void)strcpy(wbuf, p);
+        (void)strlcpy(wbuf, p, sizeof wbuf);
         if (getcwd(resolved, MAXPATHLEN) == 0)
                 goto err1;
 
@@ -137,8 +144,8 @@ loop:
                         goto err1;
                 }
                 if (rootd == 0)
-                        (void)strcat(resolved, "/");
-                (void)strcat(resolved, wbuf);
+                        strlcat(resolved, "/", MAXPATHLEN);
+                strlcat(resolved, wbuf, MAXPATHLEN);
         }
 
         /* Go back to where we came from. */
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/remque.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/remque.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f4c5769a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/remque.c
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: remque.c,v 1.1 2003/05/08 23:26:30 millert Exp $      */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1993 John Brezak
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ * 
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *  3. The name of the author may be used to endorse or promote products
+ *     derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR `AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ * ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: remque.c,v 1.1 2003/05/08 23:26:30 millert Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <search.h>
+
+struct qelem {
+        struct qelem *q_forw;
+        struct qelem *q_back;
+};
+
+void
+remque(void *element)
+{
+        struct qelem *e = (struct qelem *) element;
+        e->q_forw->q_back = e->q_back;
+        e->q_back->q_forw = e->q_forw;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/seed48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/seed48.c
index e3d31901dd..c4dcd0ead8 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/seed48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/seed48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: seed48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:48 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/setenv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/setenv.c
index a36669888d..044f01b1c9 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/setenv.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/setenv.c
@@ -32,13 +32,14 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)setenv.c     5.6 (Berkeley) 6/4/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: setenv.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: setenv.c,v 1.5 2002/12/10 22:44:13 mickey Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
+char *__findenv(const char *name, int *offset);
+
 /*
  * setenv --
  *      Set the value of the environmental variable "name" to be
@@ -54,7 +55,6 @@ setenv(name, value, rewrite)
         static int alloced;                     /* if allocated space before */
         register char *C;
         int l_value, offset;
-        char *__findenv();
 
         if (*value == '=')                      /* no `=' in value */
                 ++value;
@@ -63,7 +63,8 @@ setenv(name, value, rewrite)
                 if (!rewrite)
                         return (0);
                 if (strlen(C) >= l_value) {     /* old larger; copy over */
-                        while (*C++ = *value++);
+                        while ((*C++ = *value++))
+                                ;
                         return (0);
                 }
         } else {                                        /* create new slot */
@@ -72,10 +73,11 @@ setenv(name, value, rewrite)
 
                 for (P = environ, cnt = 0; *P; ++P, ++cnt);
                 if (alloced) {                  /* just increase size */
-                        environ = (char **)realloc((char *)environ,
+                        P = (char **)realloc((void *)environ,
                             (size_t)(sizeof(char *) * (cnt + 2)));
-                        if (!environ)
+                        if (!P)
                                 return (-1);
+                        environ = P;
                 }
                 else {                          /* get new space */
                         alloced = 1;            /* copy old entries into it */
@@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ setenv(name, value, rewrite)
                 return (-1);
         for (C = environ[offset]; (*C = *name++) && *C != '='; ++C)
                 ;
-        for (*C++ = '='; *C++ = *value++; )
+        for (*C++ = '='; (*C++ = *value++); )
                 ;
         return (0);
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/srand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/srand48.c
index daf733f93e..fcff8a172e 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/srand48.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/srand48.c
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
  * to anyone/anything when using this software.
  */
 
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: srand48.c,v 1.2 1996/08/19 08:33:49 tholo Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
 #include "rand48.h"
 
 extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3
index 0b7f973857..4e04f6738e 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)strtod.3      5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: strtod.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: strtod.3,v 1.7 2000/04/20 13:50:03 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt STRTOD 3
@@ -51,20 +50,25 @@ string to double
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn strtod
-function converts the initial portion of the string 
-pointed to by
+function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
 .Fa nptr
 to
-.Em double
+.Li double
 representation.
 .Pp
-The expected form of the string is an optional plus (``+'') or minus
-sign (``-'') followed by a sequence of digits optionally containing
+The expected form of the string is an optional plus
+.Pq Ql +
+or minus sign
+.Pq Ql -
+followed by a sequence of digits optionally containing
 a decimal-point character, optionally followed by an exponent.
-An exponent consists of an ``E'' or ``e'', followed by an optional plus
-or minus sign, followed by a sequence of digits.
+An exponent consists of an
+.Sq E
+or
+.Sq e ,
+followed by an optional plus or minus sign, followed by a sequence of digits.
 .Pp
-Leading white-space characters in the string (as defined by the
+Leading whitespace characters in the string (as defined by the
 .Xr isspace 3
 function) are skipped.
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
@@ -88,18 +92,18 @@ is stored in the location referenced by
 If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus
 .Dv HUGE_VAL
 is returned (according to the sign of the value), and
-.Dv ERANGE
+.Er ERANGE
 is stored in
 .Va errno .
-If the correct value would cause underflow, zero is
-returned and
-.Dv ERANGE
-is stored in 
+If the correct value would cause underflow, zero is returned and
+.Er ERANGE
+is stored in
 .Va errno .
 .Sh ERRORS
 .Bl -tag -width Er
 .It Bq Er ERANGE
 Overflow or underflow occurred.
+.El
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr atof 3 ,
 .Xr atoi 3 ,
@@ -109,6 +113,5 @@ Overflow or underflow occurred.
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn strtod
-function
-conforms to
+function conforms to
 .St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.c
index b13fa128f5..17d26a1dc3 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.c
@@ -90,12 +90,13 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: strtod.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: strtod.c,v 1.16 2002/12/02 15:38:54 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #if defined(__m68k__) || defined(__sparc__) || defined(__i386__) || \
-    defined(__mips__) || defined(__ns32k__) || defined(__alpha__)
-#include <machine/endian.h>
+    defined(__mips__) || defined(__ns32k__) || defined(__alpha__) || \
+    defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__m88k__) || defined(__hppa__)
+#include <sys/types.h>
 #if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
 #define IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN
 #else
@@ -103,7 +104,16 @@ static char *rcsid = "$Id: strtod.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $"
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef vax
+#ifdef __arm32__
+/*
+ * Although the CPU is little endian the FP has different
+ * byte and word endianness. The byte order is still little endian
+ * but the word order is big endian.
+ */
+#define IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __vax__
 #define VAX
 #endif
 
@@ -143,7 +153,6 @@ extern void *MALLOC(size_t);
 #include "errno.h"
 
 #ifdef Bad_float_h
-#undef __STDC__
 #ifdef IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN
 #define IEEE_ARITHMETIC
 #endif
@@ -212,19 +221,24 @@ Exactly one of IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN, VAX, or
 IBM should be defined.
 #endif
 
+typedef union {
+        double d;
+        ULong ul[2];
+} _double;
+#define value(x) ((x).d)
 #ifdef IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN
-#define word0(x) ((ULong *)&x)[1]
-#define word1(x) ((ULong *)&x)[0]
+#define word0(x) ((x).ul[1])
+#define word1(x) ((x).ul[0])
 #else
-#define word0(x) ((ULong *)&x)[0]
-#define word1(x) ((ULong *)&x)[1]
+#define word0(x) ((x).ul[0])
+#define word1(x) ((x).ul[1])
 #endif
 
 /* The following definition of Storeinc is appropriate for MIPS processors.
  * An alternative that might be better on some machines is
  * #define Storeinc(a,b,c) (*a++ = b << 16 | c & 0xffff)
  */
-#if defined(IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN) + defined(VAX)
+#if defined(IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN) + defined(VAX) + defined(__arm32__)
 #define Storeinc(a,b,c) (((unsigned short *)a)[1] = (unsigned short)b, \
 ((unsigned short *)a)[0] = (unsigned short)c, a++)
 #else
@@ -380,7 +394,7 @@ Balloc
         int x;
         Bigint *rv;
 
-        if (rv = freelist[k]) {
+        if ((rv = freelist[k])) {
                 freelist[k] = rv->next;
                 }
         else {
@@ -628,7 +642,7 @@ mult
         xc0 = c->x;
 #ifdef Pack_32
         for(; xb < xbe; xb++, xc0++) {
-                if (y = *xb & 0xffff) {
+                if ((y = *xb & 0xffff)) {
                         x = xa;
                         xc = xc0;
                         carry = 0;
@@ -642,7 +656,7 @@ mult
                                 while(x < xae);
                         *xc = carry;
                         }
-                if (y = *xb >> 16) {
+                if ((y = *xb >> 16)) {
                         x = xa;
                         xc = xc0;
                         carry = 0;
@@ -693,7 +707,7 @@ pow5mult
         int i;
         static int p05[3] = { 5, 25, 125 };
 
-        if (i = k & 3)
+        if ((i = k & 3))
                 b = multadd(b, p05[i-1], 0);
 
         if (!(k >>= 2))
@@ -756,7 +770,7 @@ lshift
                         z = *x++ >> k1;
                         }
                         while(x < xe);
-                if (*x1 = z)
+                if ((*x1 = z))
                         ++n1;
                 }
 #else
@@ -899,14 +913,16 @@ diff
  static double
 ulp
 #ifdef KR_headers
-        (x) double x;
+        (_x) double _x;
 #else
-        (double x)
+        (double _x)
 #endif
 {
+        _double x;
         register Long L;
-        double a;
+        _double a;
 
+        value(x) = _x;
         L = (word0(x) & Exp_mask) - (P-1)*Exp_msk1;
 #ifndef Sudden_Underflow
         if (L > 0) {
@@ -931,7 +947,7 @@ ulp
                         }
                 }
 #endif
-        return a;
+        return value(a);
         }
 
  static double
@@ -944,7 +960,7 @@ b2d
 {
         ULong *xa, *xa0, w, y, z;
         int k;
-        double d;
+        _double d;
 #ifdef VAX
         ULong d0, d1;
 #else
@@ -1001,22 +1017,27 @@ b2d
 #undef d0
 #undef d1
 #endif
-        return d;
+        return value(d);
         }
 
  static Bigint *
 d2b
 #ifdef KR_headers
-        (d, e, bits) double d; int *e, *bits;
+        (_d, e, bits) double d; int *e, *bits;
 #else
-        (double d, int *e, int *bits)
+        (double _d, int *e, int *bits)
 #endif
 {
         Bigint *b;
         int de, i, k;
         ULong *x, y, z;
+        _double d;
 #ifdef VAX
         ULong d0, d1;
+#endif
+
+        value(d) = _d;
+#ifdef VAX
         d0 = word0(d) >> 16 | word0(d) << 16;
         d1 = word1(d) >> 16 | word1(d) << 16;
 #else
@@ -1141,11 +1162,11 @@ ratio
         (Bigint *a, Bigint *b)
 #endif
 {
-        double da, db;
+        _double da, db;
         int k, ka, kb;
 
-        da = b2d(a, &ka);
-        db = b2d(b, &kb);
+        value(da) = b2d(a, &ka);
+        value(db) = b2d(b, &kb);
 #ifdef Pack_32
         k = ka - kb + 32*(a->wds - b->wds);
 #else
@@ -1171,7 +1192,7 @@ ratio
                 word0(db) += k*Exp_msk1;
                 }
 #endif
-        return da / db;
+        return value(da) / value(db);
         }
 
 static CONST double
@@ -1211,7 +1232,8 @@ strtod
         int bb2, bb5, bbe, bd2, bd5, bbbits, bs2, c, dsign,
                  e, e1, esign, i, j, k, nd, nd0, nf, nz, nz0, sign;
         CONST char *s, *s0, *s1;
-        double aadj, aadj1, adj, rv, rv0;
+        double aadj, aadj1, adj;
+        _double rv, rv0;
         Long L;
         ULong y, z;
         Bigint *bb, *bb1, *bd, *bd0, *bs, *delta;
@@ -1223,10 +1245,10 @@ strtod
 #endif
 
         sign = nz0 = nz = 0;
-        rv = 0.;
+        value(rv) = 0.;
 
 
-        for(s = s00; isspace(*s); s++)
+        for(s = s00; isspace((unsigned char) *s); s++)
                 ;
 
         if (*s == '-') {
@@ -1340,9 +1362,9 @@ strtod
         if (!nd0)
                 nd0 = nd;
         k = nd < DBL_DIG + 1 ? nd : DBL_DIG + 1;
-        rv = y;
+        value(rv) = y;
         if (k > 9)
-                rv = tens[k - 9] * rv + z;
+                value(rv) = tens[k - 9] * value(rv) + z;
         bd0 = 0;
         if (nd <= DBL_DIG
 #ifndef RND_PRODQUOT
@@ -1356,7 +1378,8 @@ strtod
 #ifdef VAX
                                 goto vax_ovfl_check;
 #else
-                                /* rv = */ rounded_product(rv, tens[e]);
+                                /* value(rv) = */ rounded_product(value(rv),
+                                    tens[e]);
                                 goto ret;
 #endif
                                 }
@@ -1366,27 +1389,30 @@ strtod
                                  * this for larger i values.
                                  */
                                 e -= i;
-                                rv *= tens[i];
+                                value(rv) *= tens[i];
 #ifdef VAX
                                 /* VAX exponent range is so narrow we must
                                  * worry about overflow here...
                                  */
  vax_ovfl_check:
                                 word0(rv) -= P*Exp_msk1;
-                                /* rv = */ rounded_product(rv, tens[e]);
+                                /* value(rv) = */ rounded_product(value(rv),
+                                    tens[e]);
                                 if ((word0(rv) & Exp_mask)
                                  > Exp_msk1*(DBL_MAX_EXP+Bias-1-P))
                                         goto ovfl;
                                 word0(rv) += P*Exp_msk1;
 #else
-                                /* rv = */ rounded_product(rv, tens[e]);
+                                /* value(rv) = */ rounded_product(value(rv),
+                                    tens[e]);
 #endif
                                 goto ret;
                                 }
                         }
 #ifndef Inaccurate_Divide
                 else if (e >= -Ten_pmax) {
-                        /* rv = */ rounded_quotient(rv, tens[-e]);
+                        /* value(rv) = */ rounded_quotient(value(rv),
+                            tens[-e]);
                         goto ret;
                         }
 #endif
@@ -1397,13 +1423,13 @@ strtod
 
         if (e1 > 0) {
                 if (i = e1 & 15)
-                        rv *= tens[i];
+                        value(rv) *= tens[i];
                 if (e1 &= ~15) {
                         if (e1 > DBL_MAX_10_EXP) {
  ovfl:
                                 errno = ERANGE;
-#ifdef __STDC__
-                                rv = HUGE_VAL;
+#ifndef Bad_float_h
+                                value(rv) = HUGE_VAL;
 #else
                                 /* Can't trust HUGE_VAL */
 #ifdef IEEE_Arith
@@ -1421,10 +1447,10 @@ strtod
                         if (e1 >>= 4) {
                                 for(j = 0; e1 > 1; j++, e1 >>= 1)
                                         if (e1 & 1)
-                                                rv *= bigtens[j];
+                                                value(rv) *= bigtens[j];
                         /* The last multiplication could overflow. */
                                 word0(rv) -= P*Exp_msk1;
-                                rv *= bigtens[j];
+                                value(rv) *= bigtens[j];
                                 if ((z = word0(rv) & Exp_mask)
                                  > Exp_msk1*(DBL_MAX_EXP+Bias-P))
                                         goto ovfl;
@@ -1443,23 +1469,23 @@ strtod
         else if (e1 < 0) {
                 e1 = -e1;
                 if (i = e1 & 15)
-                        rv /= tens[i];
+                        value(rv) /= tens[i];
                 if (e1 &= ~15) {
                         e1 >>= 4;
                         if (e1 >= 1 << n_bigtens)
                                 goto undfl;
                         for(j = 0; e1 > 1; j++, e1 >>= 1)
                                 if (e1 & 1)
-                                        rv *= tinytens[j];
+                                        value(rv) *= tinytens[j];
                         /* The last multiplication could underflow. */
-                        rv0 = rv;
-                        rv *= tinytens[j];
-                        if (!rv) {
-                                rv = 2.*rv0;
-                                rv *= tinytens[j];
-                                if (!rv) {
+                        value(rv0) = value(rv);
+                        value(rv) *= tinytens[j];
+                        if (!value(rv)) {
+                                value(rv) = 2.*value(rv0);
+                                value(rv) *= tinytens[j];
+                                if (!value(rv)) {
  undfl:
-                                        rv = 0.;
+                                        value(rv) = 0.;
                                         errno = ERANGE;
                                         if (bd0)
                                                 goto retfree;
@@ -1483,7 +1509,7 @@ strtod
         for(;;) {
                 bd = Balloc(bd0->k);
                 Bcopy(bd, bd0);
-                bb = d2b(rv, &bbe, &bbbits);    /* rv = bb * 2^bbe */
+                bb = d2b(value(rv), &bbe, &bbbits);     /* rv = bb * 2^bbe */
                 bs = i2b(1);
 
                 if (e >= 0) {
@@ -1595,12 +1621,12 @@ strtod
                                 break;
 #endif
                         if (dsign)
-                                rv += ulp(rv);
+                                value(rv) += ulp(value(rv));
 #ifndef ROUND_BIASED
                         else {
-                                rv -= ulp(rv);
+                                value(rv) -= ulp(value(rv));
 #ifndef Sudden_Underflow
-                                if (!rv)
+                                if (!value(rv))
                                         goto undfl;
 #endif
                                 }
@@ -1651,10 +1677,10 @@ strtod
                 /* Check for overflow */
 
                 if (y == Exp_msk1*(DBL_MAX_EXP+Bias-1)) {
-                        rv0 = rv;
+                        value(rv0) = value(rv);
                         word0(rv) -= P*Exp_msk1;
-                        adj = aadj1 * ulp(rv);
-                        rv += adj;
+                        adj = aadj1 * ulp(value(rv));
+                        value(rv) += adj;
                         if ((word0(rv) & Exp_mask) >=
                                         Exp_msk1*(DBL_MAX_EXP+Bias-P)) {
                                 if (word0(rv0) == Big0 && word1(rv0) == Big1)
@@ -1669,10 +1695,10 @@ strtod
                 else {
 #ifdef Sudden_Underflow
                         if ((word0(rv) & Exp_mask) <= P*Exp_msk1) {
-                                rv0 = rv;
+                                value(rv0) = value(rv);
                                 word0(rv) += P*Exp_msk1;
-                                adj = aadj1 * ulp(rv);
-                                rv += adj;
+                                adj = aadj1 * ulp(value(rv));
+                                value(rv) += adj;
 #ifdef IBM
                                 if ((word0(rv) & Exp_mask) <  P*Exp_msk1)
 #else
@@ -1690,8 +1716,8 @@ strtod
                                         word0(rv) -= P*Exp_msk1;
                                 }
                         else {
-                                adj = aadj1 * ulp(rv);
-                                rv += adj;
+                                adj = aadj1 * ulp(value(rv));
+                                value(rv) += adj;
                                 }
 #else
                         /* Compute adj so that the IEEE rounding rules will
@@ -1706,8 +1732,8 @@ strtod
                                 if (!dsign)
                                         aadj1 = -aadj1;
                                 }
-                        adj = aadj1 * ulp(rv);
-                        rv += adj;
+                        adj = aadj1 * ulp(value(rv));
+                        value(rv) += adj;
 #endif
                         }
                 z = word0(rv) & Exp_mask;
@@ -1738,7 +1764,7 @@ strtod
  ret:
         if (se)
                 *se = (char *)s;
-        return sign ? -rv : rv;
+        return sign ? -value(rv) : value(rv);
         }
 
  static int
@@ -1884,10 +1910,10 @@ quorem
  char *
 __dtoa
 #ifdef KR_headers
-        (d, mode, ndigits, decpt, sign, rve)
-        double d; int mode, ndigits, *decpt, *sign; char **rve;
+        (_d, mode, ndigits, decpt, sign, rve)
+        double _d; int mode, ndigits, *decpt, *sign; char **rve;
 #else
-        (double d, int mode, int ndigits, int *decpt, int *sign, char **rve)
+        (double _d, int mode, int ndigits, int *decpt, int *sign, char **rve)
 #endif
 {
  /*     Arguments ndigits, decpt, sign are similar to those
@@ -1933,11 +1959,13 @@ __dtoa
         ULong x;
 #endif
         Bigint *b, *b1, *delta, *mlo, *mhi, *S;
-        double d2, ds, eps;
+        double ds;
         char *s, *s0;
         static Bigint *result;
         static int result_k;
+        _double d, d2, eps;
 
+        value(d) = _d;
         if (result) {
                 result->k = result_k;
                 result->maxwds = 1 << result_k;
@@ -1964,7 +1992,7 @@ __dtoa
                 *decpt = 9999;
                 s =
 #ifdef IEEE_Arith
-                        !word1(d) && !(word0(d) & 0xfffff) ? "Infinity" :
+                        !word1(d) && !(word0(d) & 0xfffff) ? ndigits < 8 ? "Inf" : "Infinity" :
 #endif
                                 "NaN";
                 if (rve)
@@ -1977,9 +2005,9 @@ __dtoa
                 }
 #endif
 #ifdef IBM
-        d += 0; /* normalize */
+        value(d) += 0; /* normalize */
 #endif
-        if (!d) {
+        if (!value(d)) {
                 *decpt = 1;
                 s = "0";
                 if (rve)
@@ -1987,18 +2015,18 @@ __dtoa
                 return s;
                 }
 
-        b = d2b(d, &be, &bbits);
+        b = d2b(value(d), &be, &bbits);
 #ifdef Sudden_Underflow
         i = (int)(word0(d) >> Exp_shift1 & (Exp_mask>>Exp_shift1));
 #else
         if (i = (int)(word0(d) >> Exp_shift1 & (Exp_mask>>Exp_shift1))) {
 #endif
-                d2 = d;
+                value(d2) = value(d);
                 word0(d2) &= Frac_mask1;
                 word0(d2) |= Exp_11;
 #ifdef IBM
                 if (j = 11 - hi0bits(word0(d2) & Frac_mask))
-                        d2 /= 1 << j;
+                        value(d2) /= 1 << j;
 #endif
 
                 /* log(x)       ~=~ log(1.5) + (x-1.5)/1.5
@@ -2037,19 +2065,20 @@ __dtoa
                 i = bbits + be + (Bias + (P-1) - 1);
                 x = i > 32  ? word0(d) << 64 - i | word1(d) >> i - 32
                             : word1(d) << 32 - i;
-                d2 = x;
+                value(d2) = x;
                 word0(d2) -= 31*Exp_msk1; /* adjust exponent */
                 i -= (Bias + (P-1) - 1) + 1;
                 denorm = 1;
                 }
 #endif
-        ds = (d2-1.5)*0.289529654602168 + 0.1760912590558 + i*0.301029995663981;
+        ds = (value(d2)-1.5)*0.289529654602168 + 0.1760912590558 +
+            i*0.301029995663981;
         k = (int)ds;
         if (ds < 0. && ds != k)
                 k--;    /* want k = floor(ds) */
         k_check = 1;
         if (k >= 0 && k <= Ten_pmax) {
-                if (d < tens[k])
+                if (value(d) < tens[k])
                         k--;
                 k_check = 0;
                 }
@@ -2116,7 +2145,7 @@ __dtoa
                 /* Try to get by with floating-point arithmetic. */
 
                 i = 0;
-                d2 = d;
+                value(d2) = value(d);
                 k0 = k;
                 ilim0 = ilim;
                 ieps = 2; /* conservative */
@@ -2126,7 +2155,7 @@ __dtoa
                         if (j & Bletch) {
                                 /* prevent overflows */
                                 j &= Bletch - 1;
-                                d /= bigtens[n_bigtens-1];
+                                value(d) /= bigtens[n_bigtens-1];
                                 ieps++;
                                 }
                         for(; j; j >>= 1, i++)
@@ -2134,32 +2163,32 @@ __dtoa
                                         ieps++;
                                         ds *= bigtens[i];
                                         }
-                        d /= ds;
+                        value(d) /= ds;
                         }
                 else if (j1 = -k) {
-                        d *= tens[j1 & 0xf];
+                        value(d) *= tens[j1 & 0xf];
                         for(j = j1 >> 4; j; j >>= 1, i++)
                                 if (j & 1) {
                                         ieps++;
-                                        d *= bigtens[i];
+                                        value(d) *= bigtens[i];
                                         }
                         }
-                if (k_check && d < 1. && ilim > 0) {
+                if (k_check && value(d) < 1. && ilim > 0) {
                         if (ilim1 <= 0)
                                 goto fast_failed;
                         ilim = ilim1;
                         k--;
-                        d *= 10.;
+                        value(d) *= 10.;
                         ieps++;
                         }
-                eps = ieps*d + 7.;
+                value(eps) = ieps*value(d) + 7.;
                 word0(eps) -= (P-1)*Exp_msk1;
                 if (ilim == 0) {
                         S = mhi = 0;
-                        d -= 5.;
-                        if (d > eps)
+                        value(d) -= 5.;
+                        if (value(d) > value(eps))
                                 goto one_digit;
-                        if (d < -eps)
+                        if (value(d) < -value(eps))
                                 goto no_digits;
                         goto fast_failed;
                         }
@@ -2168,33 +2197,33 @@ __dtoa
                         /* Use Steele & White method of only
                          * generating digits needed.
                          */
-                        eps = 0.5/tens[ilim-1] - eps;
+                        value(eps) = 0.5/tens[ilim-1] - value(eps);
                         for(i = 0;;) {
-                                L = d;
-                                d -= L;
+                                L = value(d);
+                                value(d) -= L;
                                 *s++ = '0' + (int)L;
-                                if (d < eps)
+                                if (value(d) < value(eps))
                                         goto ret1;
-                                if (1. - d < eps)
+                                if (1. - value(d) < value(eps))
                                         goto bump_up;
                                 if (++i >= ilim)
                                         break;
-                                eps *= 10.;
-                                d *= 10.;
+                                value(eps) *= 10.;
+                                value(d) *= 10.;
                                 }
                         }
                 else {
 #endif
                         /* Generate ilim digits, then fix them up. */
-                        eps *= tens[ilim-1];
-                        for(i = 1;; i++, d *= 10.) {
-                                L = d;
-                                d -= L;
+                        value(eps) *= tens[ilim-1];
+                        for(i = 1;; i++, value(d) *= 10.) {
+                                L = value(d);
+                                value(d) -= L;
                                 *s++ = '0' + (int)L;
                                 if (i == ilim) {
-                                        if (d > 0.5 + eps)
+                                        if (value(d) > 0.5 + value(eps))
                                                 goto bump_up;
-                                        else if (d < 0.5 - eps) {
+                                        else if (value(d) < 0.5 - value(eps)) {
                                                 while(*--s == '0');
                                                 s++;
                                                 goto ret1;
@@ -2207,7 +2236,7 @@ __dtoa
 #endif
  fast_failed:
                 s = s0;
-                d = d2;
+                value(d) = value(d2);
                 k = k0;
                 ilim = ilim0;
                 }
@@ -2219,24 +2248,24 @@ __dtoa
                 ds = tens[k];
                 if (ndigits < 0 && ilim <= 0) {
                         S = mhi = 0;
-                        if (ilim < 0 || d <= 5*ds)
+                        if (ilim < 0 || value(d) <= 5*ds)
                                 goto no_digits;
                         goto one_digit;
                         }
                 for(i = 1;; i++) {
-                        L = d / ds;
-                        d -= L*ds;
+                        L = value(d) / ds;
+                        value(d) -= L*ds;
 #ifdef Check_FLT_ROUNDS
                         /* If FLT_ROUNDS == 2, L will usually be high by 1 */
-                        if (d < 0) {
+                        if (value(d) < 0) {
                                 L--;
-                                d += ds;
+                                value(d) += ds;
                                 }
 #endif
                         *s++ = '0' + (int)L;
                         if (i == ilim) {
-                                d += d;
-                                if (d > ds || d == ds && L & 1) {
+                                value(d) += value(d);
+                                if (value(d) > ds || value(d) == ds && L & 1) {
  bump_up:
                                         while(*--s == '9')
                                                 if (s == s0) {
@@ -2248,7 +2277,7 @@ __dtoa
                                         }
                                 break;
                                 }
-                        if (!(d *= 10.))
+                        if (!(value(d) *= 10.))
                                 break;
                         }
                 goto ret1;
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3
index 808ba90165..b37f2cd725 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3
@@ -33,49 +33,57 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)strtol.3      5.4 (Berkeley) 6/25/92
-.\"     $Id: strtol.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:19 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: strtol.3,v 1.12 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 25, 1992
 .Dt STRTOL 3
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
-.Nm strtol, strtoq
-.Nd convert string value to a long or quad_t integer
+.Nm strtol ,
+.Nm strtoll ,
+.Nm strtoq
+.Nd "convert string value to a long or long long integer"
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
 .Fd #include <limits.h>
 .Ft long
-.Fn strtol "char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
-
+.Fn strtol "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Pp
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Fd #include <limits.h>
+.Ft long long
+.Fn strtoll "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Pp
 .Fd #include <sys/types.h>
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
 .Fd #include <limits.h>
 .Ft quad_t
-.Fn strtoq "char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Fn strtoq "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn strtol
-function
-converts the string in
+function converts the string in
 .Fa nptr
 to a
-.Em long
+.Li long
 value.
 The
-.Fn strtoq
-function
-converts the string in
+.Fn strtoll
+function converts the string in
 .Fa nptr
 to a
-.Em quad_t
+.Li long long
 value.
+The
+.Fn strtoq
+function is a deprecated equivalent of
+.Fn strtoll
+and is provided for backwards compatibility with legacy programs.
 The conversion is done according to the given
 .Fa base ,
-which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive,
-or be the special value 0.
+which must be a number between 2 and 36 inclusive or the special value 0.
 .Pp
-The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space
+The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of whitespace
 (as determined by
 .Xr isspace 3 )
 followed by a single optional
@@ -85,25 +93,22 @@ or
 sign.
 If
 .Fa base
-is zero or 16,
-the string may then include a
+is zero or 16, the string may then include a
 .Ql 0x
-prefix,
-and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero
+prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero
 .Fa base
 is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is
 .Ql 0 ,
 in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
 .Pp
 The remainder of the string is converted to a
-.Em long
+.Li long
 value in the obvious manner,
 stopping at the first character which is not a valid digit
 in the given base.
 (In bases above 10, the letter
 .Ql A
-in either upper or lower case
-represents 10,
+in either upper or lower case represents 10,
 .Ql B
 represents 11, and so forth, with
 .Ql Z
@@ -111,7 +116,7 @@ representing 35.)
 .Pp
 If
 .Fa endptr
-is non nil,
+is non-null,
 .Fn strtol
 stores the address of the first invalid character in
 .Fa *endptr .
@@ -133,8 +138,7 @@ on return, the entire string was valid.)
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
 The
 .Fn strtol
-function
-returns the result of the conversion,
+function returns the result of the conversion,
 unless the value would underflow or overflow.
 If an underflow occurs,
 .Fn strtol
@@ -148,6 +152,76 @@ In both cases,
 .Va errno
 is set to
 .Er ERANGE .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn strtoll
+function has identical return values except that
+.Dv LLONG_MIN
+and
+.Dv LLONG_MAX
+are used to indicate underflow and overflow respectively.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Ensuring that a string is a valid number (i.e., in range and containing no
+trailing characters) requires clearing
+.Va errno
+beforehand explicitly since
+.Va errno
+is not changed on a successful call to
+.Fn strtol ,
+and the return value of
+.Fn strtol
+cannot be used unambiguously to signal an error:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+char *ep;
+long lval;
+
+\&...
+
+errno = 0;
+lval = strtol(buf, &ep, 10);
+if (buf[0] == '\e0' || *ep != '\e0')
+        goto not_a_number;
+if (errno == ERANGE && (lval == LONG_MAX || lval == LONG_MIN))
+        goto out_of_range;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This example will accept
+.Dq 12
+but not
+.Dq 12foo
+or
+.Dq 12\en .
+If trailing whitespace is acceptable, further checks must be done on
+.Va *ep ;
+alternately, use
+.Xr sscanf 3 .
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn strtol
+is being used instead of
+.Xr atoi 3 ,
+error checking is further complicated because the desired return value is an
+.Li int
+rather than a
+.Li long ;
+however, on some architectures integers and long integers are the same size.
+Thus the following is necessary:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+char *ep;
+int ival;
+long lval;
+
+\&...
+
+errno = 0;
+lval = strtol(buf, &ep, 10);
+if (buf[0] == '\e0' || *ep != '\e0')
+     goto not_a_number;
+if ((errno == ERANGE && (lval == LONG_MAX || lval == LONG_MIN)) ||
+    (lval > INT_MAX || lval < INT_MIN))
+     goto out_of_range;
+ival = lval;
+.Ed
 .Sh ERRORS
 .Bl -tag -width Er
 .It Bq Er ERANGE
@@ -157,13 +231,21 @@ The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
 .Xr atof 3 ,
 .Xr atoi 3 ,
 .Xr atol 3 ,
+.Xr atoll 3 ,
+.Xr sscanf 3 ,
 .Xr strtod 3 ,
 .Xr strtoul 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn strtol
-function
-conforms to
-.St -ansiC .
+and
+.Fn strtoll
+functions conform to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
+The
+.Fn strtoq
+function is a
+.Bx
+extension and is provided for backwards compatibility with legacy programs.
 .Sh BUGS
 Ignores the current locale.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.c
index 6f374abd5f..e4ad557fd5 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.c
@@ -32,13 +32,12 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)strtol.c     5.4 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: strtol.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:20 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: strtol.c,v 1.4 1996/08/19 08:33:51 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
-#include <limits.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 
@@ -54,25 +53,28 @@ strtol(nptr, endptr, base)
         char **endptr;
         register int base;
 {
-        register const char *s = nptr;
-        register unsigned long acc;
+        register const char *s;
+        register long acc, cutoff;
         register int c;
-        register unsigned long cutoff;
-        register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
+        register int neg, any, cutlim;
 
         /*
          * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
          * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else
          * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x.
          */
+        s = nptr;
         do {
-                c = *s++;
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
         } while (isspace(c));
         if (c == '-') {
                 neg = 1;
                 c = *s++;
-        } else if (c == '+')
-                c = *s++;
+        } else {
+                neg = 0;
+                if (c == '+')
+                        c = *s++;
+        }
         if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
             c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
                 c = s[1];
@@ -99,10 +101,17 @@ strtol(nptr, endptr, base)
          * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
          * overflow.
          */
-        cutoff = neg ? -(unsigned long)LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
-        cutlim = cutoff % (unsigned long)base;
-        cutoff /= (unsigned long)base;
-        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
+        cutoff = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
+        cutlim = cutoff % base;
+        cutoff /= base;
+        if (neg) {
+                if (cutlim > 0) {
+                        cutlim -= base;
+                        cutoff += 1;
+                }
+                cutlim = -cutlim;
+        }
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
                 if (isdigit(c))
                         c -= '0';
                 else if (isalpha(c))
@@ -111,19 +120,30 @@ strtol(nptr, endptr, base)
                         break;
                 if (c >= base)
                         break;
-                if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
-                        any = -1;
-                else {
-                        any = 1;
-                        acc *= base;
-                        acc += c;
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (neg) {
+                        if (acc < cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = LONG_MIN;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc -= c;
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        if (acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = LONG_MAX;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc += c;
+                        }
                 }
         }
-        if (any < 0) {
-                acc = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
-                errno = ERANGE;
-        } else if (neg)
-                acc = -acc;
         if (endptr != 0)
                 *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
         return (acc);
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoq.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoll.c
index fc559e9d7f..b0eb6d198c 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoq.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoll.c
@@ -32,33 +32,32 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strtoq.c    5.1 (Berkeley) 6/26/92";
+static const char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: strtoll.c,v 1.1 2002/06/29 00:20:11 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <errno.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 /*
- * Convert a string to a quad integer.
+ * Convert a string to a long long.
  *
  * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
  * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
  */
-quad_t
-strtoq(nptr, endptr, base)
+long long
+strtoll(nptr, endptr, base)
         const char *nptr;
         char **endptr;
-        register int base;
+        int base;
 {
-        register const char *s;
-        register u_quad_t acc;
-        register int c;
-        register u_quad_t qbase, cutoff;
-        register int neg, any, cutlim;
+        const char *s;
+        long long acc, cutoff;
+        int c;
+        int neg, any, cutlim;
 
         /*
          * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
@@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ strtoq(nptr, endptr, base)
          */
         s = nptr;
         do {
-                c = *s++;
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
         } while (isspace(c));
         if (c == '-') {
                 neg = 1;
@@ -93,7 +92,7 @@ strtoq(nptr, endptr, base)
          * followed by a legal input character, is too big.  One that
          * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit
          * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last
-         * digit.  For instance, if the range for quads is
+         * digit.  For instance, if the range for long longs is
          * [-9223372036854775808..9223372036854775807] and the input base
          * is 10, cutoff will be set to 922337203685477580 and cutlim to
          * either 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have
@@ -104,11 +103,17 @@ strtoq(nptr, endptr, base)
          * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
          * overflow.
          */
-        qbase = (unsigned)base;
-        cutoff = neg ? -(u_quad_t)QUAD_MIN : QUAD_MAX;
-        cutlim = cutoff % qbase;
-        cutoff /= qbase;
-        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
+        cutoff = neg ? LLONG_MIN : LLONG_MAX;
+        cutlim = cutoff % base;
+        cutoff /= base;
+        if (neg) {
+                if (cutlim > 0) {
+                        cutlim -= base;
+                        cutoff += 1;
+                }
+                cutlim = -cutlim;
+        }
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
                 if (isdigit(c))
                         c -= '0';
                 else if (isalpha(c))
@@ -117,20 +122,45 @@ strtoq(nptr, endptr, base)
                         break;
                 if (c >= base)
                         break;
-                if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
-                        any = -1;
-                else {
-                        any = 1;
-                        acc *= qbase;
-                        acc += c;
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (neg) {
+                        if (acc < cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = LLONG_MIN;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc -= c;
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        if (acc > cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = LLONG_MAX;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc += c;
+                        }
                 }
         }
-        if (any < 0) {
-                acc = neg ? QUAD_MIN : QUAD_MAX;
-                errno = ERANGE;
-        } else if (neg)
-                acc = -acc;
         if (endptr != 0)
                 *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
         return (acc);
 }
+
+#ifdef __weak_alias
+__weak_alias(strtoq, strtoll);
+#else
+quad_t
+strtoq(nptr, endptr, base)
+        const char *nptr;
+        char **endptr;
+        int base;
+{
+
+        return ((quad_t)strtoll(nptr, endptr, base);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3
index db551b0141..39de7e0656 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3
@@ -33,21 +33,27 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)strtoul.3     5.4 (Berkeley) 6/25/92
-.\"     $Id: strtoul.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:20 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: strtoul.3,v 1.14 2003/05/10 06:48:30 jmc Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 25, 1992
 .Dt STRTOUL 3
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
-.Nm strtoul, strtouq
-.Nd convert a string to an unsigned long or uquad_t integer
+.Nm strtoul ,
+.Nm strtoull ,
+.Nm strtouq
+.Nd "convert a string to an unsigned long or unsigned long long integer"
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
 .Fd #include <limits.h>
 .Ft unsigned long
 .Fn strtoul "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
-
+.Pp
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Fd #include <limits.h>
+.Ft unsigned long long
+.Fn strtoull "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Pp
 .Fd #include <sys/types.h>
 .Fd #include <stdlib.h>
 .Fd #include <limits.h>
@@ -56,26 +62,34 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn strtoul
-function
-converts the string in
+function converts the string in
 .Fa nptr
 to an
-.Em unsigned long
+.Li unsigned long
 value.
 The
-.Fn strtouq
-function
-converts the string in
+.Fn strtoull
+function converts the string in
 .Fa nptr
-to a
-.Em u_quad_t
+to an
+.Li unsigned long long
 value.
+The
+.Fn strtouq
+function is a deprecated equivalent of
+.Fn strtoull
+and is provided for backwards compatibility with legacy programs.
 The conversion is done according to the given
 .Fa base ,
-which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive,
-or be the special value 0.
+which must be a number between 2 and 36 inclusive
+or the special value 0.
+If the string in
+.Fa nptr
+represents a negative number, it will be converted to its unsigned equivalent.
+This behavior is consistent with what happens when a signed integer type is
+cast to its unsigned counterpart.
 .Pp
-The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space
+The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of whitespace
 (as determined by
 .Xr isspace 3 )
 followed by a single optional
@@ -85,26 +99,22 @@ or
 sign.
 If
 .Fa base
-is zero or 16,
-the string may then include a
+is zero or 16, the string may then include a
 .Ql 0x
-prefix,
-and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero
+prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero
 .Fa base
 is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is
 .Ql 0 ,
 in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
 .Pp
 The remainder of the string is converted to an
-.Em unsigned long
-value in the obvious manner,
-stopping at the end of the string
+.Li unsigned long
+value in the obvious manner, stopping at the end of the string
 or at the first character that does not produce a valid digit
 in the given base.
 (In bases above 10, the letter
 .Ql A
-in either upper or lower case
-represents 10,
+in either upper or lower case represents 10,
 .Ql B
 represents 11, and so forth, with
 .Ql Z
@@ -112,7 +122,7 @@ representing 35.)
 .Pp
 If
 .Fa endptr
-is non nil,
+is non-null,
 .Fn strtoul
 stores the address of the first invalid character in
 .Fa *endptr .
@@ -134,12 +144,18 @@ on return, the entire string was valid.)
 .Sh RETURN VALUES
 The
 .Fn strtoul
-function
-returns either the result of the conversion
-or, if there was a leading minus sign,
-the negation of the result of the conversion,
-unless the original (non-negated) value would overflow;
-in the latter case,
+function returns the result of the conversion,
+unless the value would overflow, in which case
+.Dv ULONG_MAX
+is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er ERANGE .
+If there was a leading minus sign,
+.Fn strtoul
+returns the (unsigned) negation of the absolute value of the number, unless
+the absolute value would overflow.
+In this case,
 .Fn strtoul
 returns
 .Dv ULONG_MAX
@@ -147,18 +163,73 @@ and sets the global variable
 .Va errno
 to
 .Er ERANGE .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn strtoull
+function has identical return values except that
+.Dv ULLONG_MAX
+is used to indicate overflow.
+.Pp
+There is no way to determine if
+.Fn strtoul
+has processed a negative number (and returned an unsigned value) short of
+examining the string in
+.Fa nptr
+directly.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Ensuring that a string is a valid number (i.e., in range and containing no
+trailing characters) requires clearing
+.Va errno
+beforehand explicitly since
+.Va errno
+is not changed on a successful call to
+.Fn strtoul ,
+and the return value of
+.Fn strtoul
+cannot be used unambiguously to signal an error:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+char *ep;
+unsigned long ulval;
+
+\&...
+
+errno = 0;
+ulval = strtoul(buf, &ep, 10);
+if (buf[0] == '\e0' || *ep != '\e0')
+        goto not_a_number;
+if (errno == ERANGE && ulval == ULONG_MAX)
+        goto out_of_range;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This example will accept
+.Dq 12
+but not
+.Dq 12foo
+or
+.Dq 12\en .
+If trailing whitespace is acceptable, further checks must be done on
+.Va *ep ;
+alternately, use
+.Xr sscanf 3 .
 .Sh ERRORS
 .Bl -tag -width Er
 .It Bq Er ERANGE
 The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
 .El
 .Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sscanf 3 ,
 .Xr strtol 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn strtoul
-function
-conforms to
-.St -ansiC .
+and
+.Fn strtoull
+functions conform to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
+The
+.Fn strtouq
+function is a
+.Bx
+extension and is provided for backwards compatibility with legacy programs.
 .Sh BUGS
 Ignores the current locale.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.c
index 00f7210fa1..d3b363fa04 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.c
@@ -32,13 +32,12 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)strtoul.c    5.3 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: strtoul.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:20 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: strtoul.c,v 1.4 1996/08/19 08:33:52 tholo Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
-#include <limits.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 /*
@@ -53,23 +52,26 @@ strtoul(nptr, endptr, base)
         char **endptr;
         register int base;
 {
-        register const char *s = nptr;
-        register unsigned long acc;
+        register const char *s;
+        register unsigned long acc, cutoff;
         register int c;
-        register unsigned long cutoff;
-        register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
+        register int neg, any, cutlim;
 
         /*
          * See strtol for comments as to the logic used.
          */
+        s = nptr;
         do {
-                c = *s++;
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
         } while (isspace(c));
         if (c == '-') {
                 neg = 1;
                 c = *s++;
-        } else if (c == '+')
-                c = *s++;
+        } else {
+                neg = 0;
+                if (c == '+')
+                        c = *s++;
+        }
         if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
             c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
                 c = s[1];
@@ -78,9 +80,10 @@ strtoul(nptr, endptr, base)
         }
         if (base == 0)
                 base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
-        cutoff = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base;
-        cutlim = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base;
-        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
+
+        cutoff = ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base;
+        cutlim = ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base;
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
                 if (isdigit(c))
                         c -= '0';
                 else if (isalpha(c))
@@ -89,18 +92,19 @@ strtoul(nptr, endptr, base)
                         break;
                 if (c >= base)
                         break;
-                if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim) {
                         any = -1;
-                else {
+                        acc = ULONG_MAX;
+                        errno = ERANGE;
+                } else {
                         any = 1;
-                        acc *= base;
+                        acc *= (unsigned long)base;
                         acc += c;
                 }
         }
-        if (any < 0) {
-                acc = ULONG_MAX;
-                errno = ERANGE;
-        } else if (neg)
+        if (neg && any > 0)
                 acc = -acc;
         if (endptr != 0)
                 *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtouq.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoull.c
index cc647d8d28..7b4dd56c01 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtouq.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoull.c
@@ -32,40 +32,39 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strtouq.c   5.1 (Berkeley) 6/26/92";
+static const char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: strtoull.c,v 1.1 2002/06/29 00:20:11 millert Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <errno.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 /*
- * Convert a string to an unsigned quad integer.
+ * Convert a string to an unsigned long long.
  *
  * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
  * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
  */
-u_quad_t
-strtouq(nptr, endptr, base)
+unsigned long long
+strtoull(nptr, endptr, base)
         const char *nptr;
         char **endptr;
-        register int base;
+        int base;
 {
-        register const char *s = nptr;
-        register u_quad_t acc;
-        register int c;
-        register u_quad_t qbase, cutoff;
-        register int neg, any, cutlim;
+        const char *s;
+        unsigned long long acc, cutoff;
+        int c;
+        int neg, any, cutlim;
 
         /*
          * See strtoq for comments as to the logic used.
          */
         s = nptr;
         do {
-                c = *s++;
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
         } while (isspace(c));
         if (c == '-') {
                 neg = 1;
@@ -83,10 +82,10 @@ strtouq(nptr, endptr, base)
         }
         if (base == 0)
                 base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
-        qbase = (unsigned)base;
-        cutoff = (u_quad_t)UQUAD_MAX / qbase;
-        cutlim = (u_quad_t)UQUAD_MAX % qbase;
-        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
+
+        cutoff = ULLONG_MAX / (unsigned long long)base;
+        cutlim = ULLONG_MAX % (unsigned long long)base;
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
                 if (isdigit(c))
                         c -= '0';
                 else if (isalpha(c))
@@ -95,20 +94,35 @@ strtouq(nptr, endptr, base)
                         break;
                 if (c >= base)
                         break;
-                if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (acc > cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
                         any = -1;
-                else {
+                        acc = ULLONG_MAX;
+                        errno = ERANGE;
+                } else {
                         any = 1;
-                        acc *= qbase;
+                        acc *= (unsigned long long)base;
                         acc += c;
                 }
         }
-        if (any < 0) {
-                acc = UQUAD_MAX;
-                errno = ERANGE;
-        } else if (neg)
+        if (neg && any > 0)
                 acc = -acc;
         if (endptr != 0)
                 *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
         return (acc);
 }
+
+#ifdef __weak_alias
+__weak_alias(strtouq, strtoull);
+#else
+u_quad_t
+strtouq(nptr, endptr, base)
+        const char *nptr;
+        char **endptr;
+        int base;
+{
+
+        return ((u_quad_t)strtoull(nptr, endptr, base);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3
index 520f51db0a..83c6de80e3 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3
@@ -33,8 +33,7 @@
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
-.\"     from: @(#)system.3      6.5 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"     $Id: system.3,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:20 deraadt Exp $
+.\"     $OpenBSD: system.3,v 1.8 2000/10/06 04:17:51 aaron Exp $
 .\"
 .Dd June 29, 1991
 .Dt SYSTEM 3
@@ -49,8 +48,7 @@
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 The
 .Fn system
-function
-hands the argument
+function hands the argument
 .Fa string
 to the command interpreter
 .Xr sh 1 .
@@ -64,36 +62,42 @@ and blocking
 .Pp
 If
 .Fa string
-is a
-.Dv NULL
-pointer,
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
 .Fn system
 will return non-zero.
 Otherwise,
 .Fn system
-returns the termination status of the shell in the format specified by 
-.Xr waitpid 3 .
-.Sh RETURN VALUES 
+returns the termination status of the shell in the format specified by
+.Xr waitpid 2 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
 If a child process cannot be created, or the termination status of
-the shell cannot be obtained, 
+the shell cannot be obtained,
 .Fn system
-returns -1 and sets
+returns \-1 and sets
 .Va errno
 to indicate the error.
-If execution of the shell fails, 
+If execution of the shell fails,
 .Fn system
-returns the termination status for a program that terminates with a call of 
+returns the termination status for a program that terminates with a call of
 .Fn exit 127 .
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr sh 1 ,
 .Xr execve 2 ,
-.Xr popen 3 ,
-.Xr waitpid 3 ,
+.Xr waitpid 2 ,
+.Xr popen 3
 .Sh STANDARDS
 The
 .Fn system
-function
-conforms to
-.St -ansiC 
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC
 and
-.St -1003.2-92 .
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Never supply the
+.Fn system
+function with a command containing any part of an unsanitized user-supplied
+string.
+Shell meta-characters present will be honored by the
+.Xr sh 1
+command interpreter.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.c
index c2f39325f6..636a9ebdff 100644
--- a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.c
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)system.c     5.10 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: system.c,v 1.1.1.1 1995/10/18 08:42:20 deraadt Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$OpenBSD: system.c,v 1.5 2002/05/26 09:29:02 deraadt Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -51,20 +50,24 @@ system(command)
 {
         pid_t pid;
         sig_t intsave, quitsave;
-        int omask;
+        sigset_t mask, omask;
         int pstat;
-        char *argp[] = {"sh", "-c", (char *) command, NULL};
+        char *argp[] = {"sh", "-c", NULL, NULL};
 
         if (!command)           /* just checking... */
                 return(1);
 
-        omask = sigblock(sigmask(SIGCHLD));
-        switch(pid = vfork()) {
+        argp[2] = (char *)command;
+
+        sigemptyset(&mask);
+        sigaddset(&mask, SIGCHLD);
+        sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &omask);
+        switch (pid = vfork()) {
         case -1:                        /* error */
-                (void)sigsetmask(omask);
+                sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
                 return(-1);
         case 0:                         /* child */
-                (void)sigsetmask(omask);
+                sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
                 execve(_PATH_BSHELL, argp, environ);
                 _exit(127);
         }
@@ -72,8 +75,8 @@ system(command)
         intsave = signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
         quitsave = signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
         pid = waitpid(pid, (int *)&pstat, 0);
-        (void)sigsetmask(omask);
+        sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
         (void)signal(SIGINT, intsave);
         (void)signal(SIGQUIT, quitsave);
-        return(pid == -1 ? -1 : pstat);
+        return (pid == -1 ? -1 : pstat);
 }
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tfind.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tfind.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c3b8c17f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tfind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * Tree search generalized from Knuth (6.2.2) Algorithm T just like
+ * the AT&T man page says.
+ *
+ * The node_t structure is for internal use only, lint doesn't grok it.
+ *
+ * Written by reading the System V Interface Definition, not the code.
+ *
+ * Totally public domain.
+ */
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+#include <search.h>
+
+typedef struct node_t
+{
+    char          *key;
+    struct node_t *llink, *rlink;
+} node;
+
+/* find a node, or return 0 */
+void *
+tfind(vkey, vrootp, compar)
+        const void      *vkey;          /* key to be found */
+        void            *const *vrootp; /* address of the tree root */
+        int             (*compar)(const void *, const void *);
+{
+    char *key = (char *)vkey;
+    node **rootp = (node **)vrootp;
+
+    if (rootp == (struct node_t **)0)
+        return ((struct node_t *)0);
+    while (*rootp != (struct node_t *)0) {      /* T1: */
+        int r;
+        if ((r = (*compar)(key, (*rootp)->key)) == 0)   /* T2: */
+            return (*rootp);            /* key found */
+        rootp = (r < 0) ?
+            &(*rootp)->llink :          /* T3: follow left branch */
+            &(*rootp)->rlink;           /* T4: follow right branch */
+    }
+    return (node *)0;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b000a0a8b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+.\" AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+.\" EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+.\" PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+.\" OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: tsearch.3,v 1.9 2000/08/09 15:51:21 aaron Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd June 15, 1997
+.Dt TSEARCH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tsearch ,
+.Nm tfind ,
+.Nm tdelete ,
+.Nm twalk
+.Nd manipulate binary search trees
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <search.h>
+.Ft void *
+.Fn tdelete "const void *key" "void **rootp" "int (*compar) (const void *, const void *)"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn tfind "const void *key" "void * const *rootp" "int (*compar) (const void *, const void *)"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn tsearch "const void *key" "void **rootp" "int (*compar) (const void *, const void *)"
+.Ft void
+.Fn twalk "const void *root" "void (*action) (const void *, VISIT, int)"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn tdelete ,
+.Fn tfind ,
+.Fn tsearch ,
+and
+.Fn twalk
+functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D
+from Knuth (6.2.2).
+The comparison function passed in by
+the user has the same style of return values as
+.Xr strcmp 3 .
+.Pp
+.Fn tfind
+searches for the datum matched by the argument
+.Fa key
+in the binary tree rooted at
+.Fa rootp ,
+returning a pointer to the datum if it is found and
+.Dv NULL
+if it is not.
+.Pp
+.Fn tsearch
+is identical to
+.Fn tfind
+except that if no match is found,
+.Fa key
+is inserted into the tree and a pointer to it is returned.
+If
+.Fa rootp
+points to a null value a new binary search tree is created.
+.Pp
+.Fn tdelete
+deletes a node from the specified binary search tree and returns
+a pointer to the parent of the node to be deleted.
+It takes the same arguments as
+.Fn tfind
+and
+.Fn tsearch .
+If the node to be deleted is the root of the binary search tree,
+.Fa rootp
+will be adjusted.
+.Pp
+.Fn twalk
+walks the binary search tree rooted in
+.Fa root
+and calls the function
+.Fa action
+on each node.
+.Fa action
+is called with three arguments: a pointer to the current node,
+a value from the enum
+.Sy "typedef enum { preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf } VISIT;"
+specifying the traversal type, and a node level (where level
+zero is the root of the tree).
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr bsearch 3 ,
+.Xr lsearch 3
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn tsearch
+function returns
+.Dv NULL
+if allocation of a new node fails (usually
+due to a lack of free memory).
+.Pp
+.Fn tfind ,
+.Fn tsearch ,
+and
+.Fn tdelete
+return
+.Dv NULL
+if
+.Fa rootp
+is
+.Dv NULL
+or the datum cannot be found.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn twalk
+function returns no value.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ad5866172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ * Tree search generalized from Knuth (6.2.2) Algorithm T just like
+ * the AT&T man page says.
+ *
+ * The node_t structure is for internal use only, lint doesn't grok it.
+ *
+ * Written by reading the System V Interface Definition, not the code.
+ *
+ * Totally public domain.
+ */
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+
+#include <search.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+typedef struct node_t {
+    char          *key;
+    struct node_t *left, *right;
+} node;
+
+/* find or insert datum into search tree */
+void *
+tsearch(vkey, vrootp, compar)
+        const void      *vkey;          /* key to be located */
+        void            **vrootp;       /* address of tree root */
+        int             (*compar)(const void *, const void *);
+{
+    register node *q;
+    char *key = (char *)vkey;
+    node **rootp = (node **)vrootp;
+
+    if (rootp == (struct node_t **)0)
+        return ((void *)0);
+    while (*rootp != (struct node_t *)0) {      /* Knuth's T1: */
+        int r;
+
+        if ((r = (*compar)(key, (*rootp)->key)) == 0)   /* T2: */
+            return ((void *)*rootp);            /* we found it! */
+        rootp = (r < 0) ?
+            &(*rootp)->left :           /* T3: follow left branch */
+            &(*rootp)->right;           /* T4: follow right branch */
+    }
+    q = (node *) malloc(sizeof(node));  /* T5: key not found */
+    if (q != (struct node_t *)0) {      /* make new node */
+        *rootp = q;                     /* link new node to old */
+        q->key = key;                   /* initialize new node */
+        q->left = q->right = (struct node_t *)0;
+    }
+    return ((void *)q);
+}
+
+/* delete node with given key */
+void *
+tdelete(vkey, vrootp, compar)
+        const void      *vkey;          /* key to be deleted */
+        void            **vrootp;       /* address of the root of tree */
+        int             (*compar)(const void *, const void *);
+{
+    node **rootp = (node **)vrootp;
+    char *key = (char *)vkey;
+    node *p;
+    register node *q;
+    register node *r;
+    int cmp;
+
+    if (rootp == (struct node_t **)0 || (p = *rootp) == (struct node_t *)0)
+        return ((struct node_t *)0);
+    while ((cmp = (*compar)(key, (*rootp)->key)) != 0) {
+        p = *rootp;
+        rootp = (cmp < 0) ?
+            &(*rootp)->left :           /* follow left branch */
+            &(*rootp)->right;           /* follow right branch */
+        if (*rootp == (struct node_t *)0)
+            return ((void *)0);         /* key not found */
+    }
+    r = (*rootp)->right;                        /* D1: */
+    if ((q = (*rootp)->left) == (struct node_t *)0)     /* Left (struct node_t *)0? */
+        q = r;
+    else if (r != (struct node_t *)0) {         /* Right link is null? */
+        if (r->left == (struct node_t *)0) {    /* D2: Find successor */
+            r->left = q;
+            q = r;
+        } else {                        /* D3: Find (struct node_t *)0 link */
+            for (q = r->left; q->left != (struct node_t *)0; q = r->left)
+                r = q;
+            r->left = q->right;
+            q->left = (*rootp)->left;
+            q->right = (*rootp)->right;
+        }
+    }
+    free((struct node_t *) *rootp);     /* D4: Free node */
+    *rootp = q;                         /* link parent to new node */
+    return(p);
+}
+
+/* Walk the nodes of a tree */
+static void
+trecurse(root, action, level)
+        register node   *root;          /* Root of the tree to be walked */
+        register void   (*action)();    /* Function to be called at each node */
+        register int    level;
+{
+    if (root->left == (struct node_t *)0 && root->right == (struct node_t *)0)
+        (*action)(root, leaf, level);
+    else {
+        (*action)(root, preorder, level);
+        if (root->left != (struct node_t *)0)
+            trecurse(root->left, action, level + 1);
+        (*action)(root, postorder, level);
+        if (root->right != (struct node_t *)0)
+            trecurse(root->right, action, level + 1);
+        (*action)(root, endorder, level);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Walk the nodes of a tree */
+void
+twalk(vroot, action)
+        const void      *vroot;         /* Root of the tree to be walked */
+        void            (*action)(const void *, VISIT, int);
+{
+    node *root = (node *)vroot;
+
+    if (root != (node *)0 && action != (void(*)())0)
+        trecurse(root, action, 0);
+}